NewzIntel.com

Category: Politics

  • MIL-OSI USA: Pingree Leads Bipartisan, Bicameral Push to Protect Drinking Water as Communities Face Rising Contamination Threats

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congresswoman Chellie Pingree (1st District of Maine)

    As drinking water contamination from toxic “forever chemicals,” also known as per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS), increasingly threatens communities in Maine and across the country, U.S. Representatives Chellie Pingree (D-Maine) and David Rouzer (R-N.C.) have reintroduced the bipartisan Healthy Drinking Water Affordability Act, or the Healthy H2O Act. The legislation, introduced in the Senate by Tammy Baldwin (D-Wisc.) and Susan Collins (R-Maine), provides grants for water testing and treatment technology directly to individuals and nonprofits in rural communities. Systems that improve water quality—whether installed at the faucet or within a building—can provide immediate and ongoing protections from known and emerging water contaminants, including PFAS, lead, and nitrates. 

    “The Healthy H2O Act will help make water testing and treatment technology more accessible here in Maine, and in rural communities across the country, especially for families on private wells who are too often left to navigate contamination risks on their own,” said Pingree. “As national protections face delays and uncertainty, local communities can’t afford to wait. This bipartisan bill gives them the tools to identify and address harmful chemicals like PFAS and lead at the tap—so they can be confident the water they’re drinking is safe.”

    “The Healthy H2O Act helps rural residents in the Cape Fear Valley gain access to safe, clean drinking water—free from harmful contaminants like GenX, PFAS, and PFOS,” said Rouzer. “As city and county water systems continue upgrading to address these pollutants, this legislation ensures rural communities aren’t left behind by supporting testing and the installation of effective filtration systems to remove these ‘forever chemicals.’”

    “All Wisconsin families, businesses, and communities should trust that the water coming out of their faucets is safe to drink, but across our state, rural communities are struggling to identify and treat chemicals like PFAs that endanger our health, especially for children,” said Senator Baldwin. “My bipartisan legislation ensures our small and rural communities aren’t left behind and makes sure they have what they need to find and get rid of dangerous chemicals and keep our families healthy.”

    “Maintaining and upgrading water and wastewater systems is vital to ensuring the economic and environmental health of our communities,” said Senator Collins. “This bipartisan legislation will help reduce health-based contaminants like PFAS in drinking water, increase consumer confidence, and protect public health.”

    The Healthy H2O Act would provide funding for point-of-use water treatment systems, such as under-sink filters, that can deliver immediate protections. Nearly 43 million U.S. households— primarily in rural areas—depend on private wells that are not regularly monitored under federal or state drinking water programs, leaving many communities vulnerable to contamination.

    The Healthy H2O Act is supported by:

    • Water Quality Association 
    • American Supply Association 
    • Plumbing Manufacturers International (PMI) 
    • Rural Community Assistance Partnership (RCAP) 
    • National Groundwater Association (NGWA) 
    • High Performance Building Coalition 
    • NSF International 
    • Water Systems Council 
    • Water Well Trust 
    • The Groundwater Foundation 
    • International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) 
    • International Code Council (ICC) 
    • DigDeep 
    • California Ground Water Association 
    • Eastern Water Quality Association (EWQA) 
    • Florida Groundwater Association 
    • Florida Water Quality Association (FWQA) 
    • Illinois Association of Groundwater Professionals 
    • Iowa Water Quality Association 
    • Kentucky Groundwater Association 
    • Michigan Ground Water Association 
    • Minnesota WQA (MWQA) 
    • Minnesota Water Well Association 
    • Montana Water Well Drillers Association 
    • Nebraska On-Site Wastewater Association 
    • Nebraska State Irrigation Association 
    • Nebraska Water Leaders Academy 
    • Nebraska Well Drillers Association 
    • Ohio Water Quality Association (OWQA) 
    • Ohio Water Well Association 
    • Pacific Water Quality Association (PWQA) 
    • Pennsylvania Groundwater Association 
    • Texas Water Quality Association (TWQA) 
    • Virginia Water Well Association 
    • Water Council of Milwaukee 
    • Water Quality Association of Wisconsin 
    • Well Drillers Association of Wisconsin

    “We applaud Representatives Pingree and Rouzer for introducing the Healthy H2O Act that will increase access to safer drinking water in rural communities,” said Pauli Undesser, Executive Director of the Water Quality Association. “This grant program will help Americans who are most vulnerable to contaminants in their water supply – children, the elderly, and households that rely on private wells. By increasing access to testing and water filtration products, we can support the health and safety of these communities.”

    “Too often, rural communities across the country face barriers to accessing clean, safe drinking water,” said National Ground Water Association President Eric Macias. “The Healthy H2O Act is a real step forward, delivering resources to help families test and treat their water. This legislation reflects the kind of commonsense investment that can truly improve lives, and we commend Congresswoman Pingree for her leadership on this important issue.”

    Pingree, who serves on the House Agriculture Committee, has long championed PFAS clean-up and clean drinking water legislation. She proudly supported the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, which included a $55 billion investment to replace lead service lines, $10 billion to address PFAS chemicals, and investments in water infrastructure across America, including in Tribal Nations and underserved communities that need it most.

    As Chair of the Interior Appropriations Subcommittee, which oversees funding for the EPA, in the 117th Congress and as Ranking Member in the 118th and 119th Congresses, Pingree has championed funding to clean up PFAS contamination. In the Fiscal Year 2024 government funding bill signed by President Biden, Pingree secured $8 million for the EPA to work with the U.S. Department of Agriculture to further research on PFAS contamination in agriculture, as well as $5 million to assist farmers whose land has been contaminated by PFAS.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI USA: Lee Bills Ban D.C. Council’s Secret Meetings, Close “Emergency” Loophole

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Utah Mike Lee
    WASHINGTON – U.S. Senator Mike Lee (R-UT) introduced legislation today overturning a recent move by the City Council of the District of Columbia (DC) to hold secret planning meetings in retaliation against President Trump’s recent executive order to improve the city’s crime rates and cleanliness. The legislation includes a Joint Resolution outlawing the City Council’s secret meetings and a bill to close an “emergency” loophole used to evade Congressional oversight and public input. U.S. Representative Harriet Hageman (R-WY) led companion legislation in the House of Representatives.
    “D.C.’s corrupt City Council is taking out its hatred for President Trump on the nation’s capital by holding secret meetings, breaking with longstanding rules,” said Senator Mike Lee. “Americans deserve transparency from Washington – not petty corruption and secret political vendettas. My legislation will ban the Council’s shady meetings and remove the loophole they’ve exploited to keep their citizens in the dark.”
    “The American people deserve transparency, not backroom deals and political scheming,” said Congresswoman Harriet Hageman. “The Council of the District of Columbia and Mayor attempting to eliminate and bypass open meeting laws is nothing more than a partisan tactic to hide their agenda and undermine President Trump’s efforts to restore safety and order in our nation’s capital. It is Congress’ duty to oversee D.C., and I will not sit back while D.C. officials plot in secret to defy federal authority and destroy public trust. This bill ensures D.C. officials are accountable to the public and Congress and can no longer hide behind closed-door meetings.”
    Background
    The Constitution of the United States and standing D.C. law both require the D.C. City Council be subject to congressional checks and balances. Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution requires Congress “to exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever” related to D.C. governance. But in retaliation against President Trump’s efforts to clean up the city, the City Council has stripped itself of the transparency it owes the American public in favor of secret planning meetings.
    The Council has exploited emergency loopholes to insulate itself from congressional disapproval and plot against the President’s agenda to improve the city’s safety and cleanliness. While actions by D.C.’s City Council are normally mutable by a vote of disapproval from Congress, current law allows immunity from this oversight in the case of emergency actions. The Council has wrongfully categorized its vendetta against President Trump an “emergency” in a politically-motivated move that even the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) of D.C. dubbed a slippery slope, as “it is undisputed that public access to government meetings is a cornerstone of our democracy.”
    Senator Lee’s Joint Resolution will overturn the City Council’s move to hold secret meetings, and the corresponding bill will close the “emergency” loophole currently allowing the Council to evade Congressional oversight and hide from the American people.
    Read exclusive coverage from The Washington Post here.

    MIL OSI USA News –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: New flood warning service rolled out across Greater Manchester

    Source: United Kingdom – Government Statements

    Press release

    New flood warning service rolled out across Greater Manchester

    Flood warning service expanded to provide early warning of flooding to communities in Cheadle, Stockport and Platt Bridge. Residents can register for free.

    Defra

    The Environment Agency has expanded its flood warning service across Cheadle, Stockport and the Platt Bridge area of Wigan to ensure more people than ever across Greater Manchester are warned about any imminent risk of flooding. 

    The new flood warnings cover almost 800 homes and businesses and will see a warning message issued when flooding is forecast and then again to warn users if impacts are likely.  

    Flood warnings tell people about the risk of flooding to their home or business, and help people make informed decisions about how to respond. There are three types of warning – Flood Alert, Flood Warning and Severe Flood Warning.  

    Residents can register for the new service for free and choose to receive notifications via phone call (voice recording), text or email and by fully registering, people can also sign up to receive warnings for multiple locations.

    Improving the Service

    The new flood warning areas have been added as part a result of new modelling and data – part of the Environment Agency’s drive to continually improve the flood warning service it provides across the country.

    Several of the new locations to receive flood warnings were places that flooded over the New Year period.

    Laila Berry, Flood Resilience Team Leader at the Environment Agency, said:  

    We know all too well the devastating impact that flooding can have, which is why protecting people and communities is our top priority.  

    Our staff use the latest technology to monitor rainfall, river and tide levels 24 hours a day to forecast flooding.

    The extension of our flood warning service will allow even more people across Stockport, Cheadle and Wigan to take action and stay safe if flooding is likely to occur.

    “We would encourage all of those people in new flood warning areas to fully register their preferred details via Gov UK or Floodline for free, for both their safety and peace of mind.”

    Be Prepared for Flooding

    Householders are encouraged to prepare if they receive a Flood Alert which could mean packing a bag that includes medicines, insurance documents and anything else they wouldn’t want to lose if flooding were to take place.

    A Flood Warning calls on people to act now which means turning off gas, water and electricity and moving family and pets to safety. A Severe Flood Warning means you are in immediate danger and should follow advice from the emergency services. 

    The accuracy of flood warnings improves over time as the Environment Agency gather more data and get a better understanding of how the river reacts to heavy rainfall. In the short term in new flood warning areas, there may be a higher than normal occurrence of false alarms, due to them always being issued on the side of caution.

    There are over 1.6 million users registered to receive flood warnings at the touch of a button across the country. These flood warnings are generated from river level data which is collected via an extensive monitoring network across England.

    The data is combined with weather forecasts, river models and other information to produce location specific flood forecasts. 

    Find Out More

    Home and business owners will be auto enrolled to the Flood Warning service via their mobile network. However, to get the most benefit out of the service the Environment Agency is encouraging people to register directly with them by calling Floodline on 0345 988 1188, or visiting https://flood-warning-information.service.gov.uk/warnings where they can register preferred contact details and sign up for multiple locations if appropriate. 

    Know what to do when you receive a flood warning and download this flood plan – https://flood-warning-information.service.gov.uk/what-to-do-in-a-flood

    To sign up to the new flood warning service please visit: http://www.gov.uk/sign-up-for-flood-warnings  or call Floodline on 0345 988 1188.

    People can also check your long term flood risk at https://flood-warning-information.service.gov.uk/long-term-flood-risk.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI China: Xi extends condolences to Putin over plane crash in Russia

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BEIJING, July 24 — Chinese President Xi Jinping on Thursday sent a message of condolence to Russian President Vladimir Putin over the heavy casualties caused by the crash of a Russian passenger plane.

    In the message, Xi said he was shocked to learn that a Russian passenger plane had crashed in Russia’s Amur Region, causing heavy casualties. On behalf of the Chinese government and people, he conveyed deep condolences over the loss of lives and extended sincere sympathies to the bereaved families.

    MIL OSI China News –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Honorary King’s Counsel nominations: deadline 19 September 2025

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    News story

    Honorary King’s Counsel nominations: deadline 19 September 2025

    The Ministry of Justice is inviting nominations for the award of King’s Counsel Honoris Causa. Please submit nominations via the digital form below, before the deadline of 19 September 2025.

    The Ministry of Justice (MOJ) is inviting nominations for the award of King’s Counsel Honoris Causa.

    Nomination forms must be completed and returned to MOJ by 23:55 on Friday 19 September 2025. To make a nomination, please complete and submit a nomination form via this link..

    KC HONORIS CAUSA – HONORARY KC

    This is an honorary award unique to the legal profession. It is a dedicated opportunity, made by royal prerogative, to recognise those in the profession who have made a major contribution to, and impact on, the legal sector and the law of England and Wales outside the courtroom.

    The award is not a working rank and is separate to substantive KC appointments administered by King’s Counsel Appointments. Where someone is eligible to apply for substantive KC in their role, we would not normally consider them for an Honorary KC award.

    Please note that anyone nominated may be subject to criminal record checks with the ACRO Criminal Records Office.

    What is the award for?

    The award is for:

    A significant, positive impact either on the shape of the law of England and Wales, or on the legal profession. This is for work outside the courtroom.

    This criterion can be interpreted broadly, either as:

    • a major contribution to the development of the law of England and Wales (for example, by dedicated research, influencing case law/ legislation and promoting initiatives),
    • to how it is advanced (for example, by positively impacting the shape of the profession)

    What is most important is that nominations clearly evidence the significant, positive impact an individual’s efforts have had.

    It is not a long-service award. Honours may be awarded for a significant impact over a long period of time, but they may equally be awarded for such an impact over a shorter period – it is the scale of impact that is important.

    We are keen to recognise diversity within the profession, with awards that reflect the range of different legal careers and different backgrounds that make up the profession. You can see examples of previous successful nominees by viewing their biographies via this link.

    Examples of what these different contributions may look like

    Influencing legislation

    • Making an impact on the law by influencing legislation or case law (e.g. through outcome of research, creating awareness or campaigning, pro bono work or other advocacy outside the courtroom).

    Social mobility and diversity

    • Making a considerable impact on the legal profession (e.g. through initiatives that have an impact on social mobility or diversity and increase the competitiveness of the sector).

    Innovation

    • Making an impact through a standout achievement or through innovation (e.g. by breaking through into new territory, such as making an impact through work on Lawtech, innovation in legal education, or on promoting UK legal services overseas).

    Academic work

    • Making an impact through outstanding academic work that makes a positive contribution to the law and/or legal system.

    Who is eligible?

    • To be eligible for the award, the individual must be a qualified lawyer or legal academic.
    • The nomination must be for achievement outside practice in the courts. In other words, an award would be made for non-advocacy work.
    • The award is open to foreign qualified professionals. There is no residency requirement.

    Examples of those eligible may include (but are not limited to):

    • Solicitors without higher rights of audience
    • Legal executives
    • In-house lawyers, including Counsel
    • Non-practising lawyers
    • Legal academics

    Holding a fee-paid judicial office in addition to practice would not exclude lawyers who meet the eligibility criteria above.

    How are awards made?

    The process is administered by the MOJ. Nominations are considered against the criterion by a panel of representatives from the legal profession, civil service, judiciary, and academia, which is chaired by an MOJ official.

    The panel of representatives provide the Lord Chancellor with recommendations of appointable nominees. The Lord Chancellor will then consider and decide the final recommendations. The recommendations are then referred to the King, who grants the awards under the royal prerogative.

    How is the information about nominees used?

    To assess each nominee’s suitability for the award and support the selection process, we use the information provided to carry out:

    • Cross-Whitehall checks to confirm whether the individual or their work may be known by, or of interest to, another government department
    • Checks against nominees on the main honours system as per the eligibility criteria
    • Evaluation by the selection panel of the individual’s legal qualifications and evidence of their contribution and impact on the law of England and Wales
    • Shortlisted nominees will undergo a criminal record check

    For more information on how we use and protect personal data, please refer to our privacy notice.

    Where someone from outside the legal profession has made a significant impact on the law of England and Wales, or how it is advanced, they would not qualify for this award. We would welcome those nominations as part of the main honours system.

    Scotland and Northern Ireland

    There is a separate Honorary King’s Counsel award in Scotland. There is no exact equivalent in Northern Ireland. However, this does not mean that achievements of a similar nature cannot be recognised. If you would like to nominate someone for an honour whose work is in Northern Ireland, you can contact the Honours Secretariat for Northern Ireland.

    Nominees and recipients of national honours

    Someone who has been honoured in the official UK honours system within the last two years, or who has been nominated for such an honour this year, would not be eligible to receive an Honorary KC award. Where someone was awarded an honour more than two years ago, the panel will consider the individual’s contribution to and impact on the law since that honour was awarded.

    How to make a nomination

    Please submit your nomination form using our digital form via this link.

    Please note that we will only accept nominations made via the digital form.

    If you are unable to use our digital form, or have any other questions, please contact HonoraryKC@justice.gov.uk.

    Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

    1. What is the process and timelines?

    • July: Nominations open
    • September: Nominations close
    • November: Panel meet and shortlist nominees
    • November: ACRO Criminal checks are conducted
    • December: Lord Chancellor makes final recommendations to the King
    • January: Successful nominees are announced
    • March: Ceremony

    These dates are provisional and subject to change

    2.Who can make a nomination?

    Anyone can make a nomination. You do not need to have a legal background or reside in the UK.

    3.Do I need to be a practising barrister or solicitor to be nominated?

    No. You do not need to be practising, although you do need to be a qualified lawyer or legal academic to be eligible. The award is for achievements outside the courtroom.

    4.Can I make more than one nomination?

    Yes. You may nominate as many people as you like, but please ensure that you submit separate nomination forms.

    5.Is there a limit to the number of nominations for an individual?

    No. An individual can be nominated by multiple people.

    6.Can I nominate a foreign national?

    Yes. There are no nationality or residence requirements for the award.

    7.In order to be considered for the award, do I need multiple nominations?

    No. The scoring is not based on how many nominations an individual has received.

    8.Can I attach letters or statements in support of a nomination?

    No. Letters or statements of support will not be accepted. If others wish to endorse the nomination, you can list their name(s) in the relevant section of the form.

    9.What happens if I miss the deadline to apply?

    Unfortunately, we cannot consider any nomination past the deadline. We encourage you to submit your application when the next round of nominations open.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Millions more appointments as more than 2,000 extra GPs recruited

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Press release

    Millions more appointments as more than 2,000 extra GPs recruited

    Boost is part of Plan for Change to rebuild the NHS by shifting healthcare from hospitals into the community and ending the 8am scramble

    • More 2,000 extra GPs have now been hired across the country after government action to slash red tape
    • Independent survey shows progress on ending the 8am scramble, with patients finding it easier to contact GP practices
    • Plan for Change is shifting care out of hospital and into the community as government brings back the family doctor

    Millions more GP appointments are now being delivered across the country and an extra 2,000 GPs have been hired nationwide since last October, as the government’s Plan for Change brings back the family doctor.

    The average GP is responsible for 2,300 patients, and the new tranche could deliver over four million additional appointments per year.

    It comes as encouraging new figures from the Office of National Statistics (ONS) show the number of patients who found it difficult to contact their practice has fallen significantly from 18.7% in July/August 2024 to 10.6% in May/June this year.

    A total of 96.3% of patients who tried to contact their practice in the past 28 days were successful, while the number of patients who had a poor experience of their GP practice fell from 15% to 10.9% in the same period.

    In May 2025, an extra 12,000 GP appointments were delivered every working day compared to May 2024.

    The recruitment boost – which has already delivered an extra 2,000 GPs – forms part of the government’s Plan for Change, which is rebuilding the NHS by shifting healthcare out of hospitals into the community and ending the 8am scramble.

    Health and Social Care Secretary Wes Streeting said:

    We said we’d deliver 1,000 more GPs this year – and we’ve busted that target, bringing 2,000 more GPs on board. With proper investment and reform we are turning the tide on our NHS, and patients are beginning to feel the benefit.

    We still have a long road ahead, and this government is determined to keep our foot on the gas.

    Our Plan for Change will deliver this progress, creating a Neighbourhood Health Service that puts GPs at its heart and makes sure the NHS is there for everyone, whenever they need it.

    Last month the government set out its 10 Year Health Plan which outlines the reforms government is driving forwards to get the NHS back on its feet and fit for the future. The plan will train thousands more GPs and create a new Neighbourhood Health Service, so millions of patients can be treated and cared for closer to their homes by pioneering teams – some based entirely under one roof.

    When the government came into office last year, unnecessary red tape was preventing practices from hiring newly qualified GPs, meaning more than 1,000 were due to graduate into unemployment.

    At the same time, there were also 1,399 fewer fully qualified GPs than a decade prior, with years of underfunding and neglect eroding GP services.

    The government took immediate action and invested an extra £82 million to allow networks of practices to hire GPs, with the funding continuing past this year.  

    This recruitment was made possible by the tough but fair decisions the Chancellor took at the budget to fix the foundations of the NHS, enabling the government to provide almost £26 billion to get the NHS back on its feet and make it fit for the future.

    The Plan for Change is already transforming the NHS for patients and staff. Backed by the government’s major cash injection of over £102 million, more 1,000 GP surgeries will receive over £102 million to create additional space to see more patients and deliver 8.3 million more appointments each year.

    An extra 4.6 million elective appointments have been delivered since July 2024 – over double the government’s target. The upgraded NHS App will also act as a digital front door to the health service, overhauling how people get advice, manage appointments and interact with services to make their healthcare more convenient and more personalised.

    ENDS

    NOTES TO EDITORS:

    • The ONS figures on general practice can be found here.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Latest reforms and developments in Moldova: UK statement to the OSCE, July 2025

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Speech

    Latest reforms and developments in Moldova: UK statement to the OSCE, July 2025

    Ambassador Holland welcomes Moldova’s continued efforts to safeguard electoral integrity and counter foreign malign interference.

    The United Kingdom reaffirms its strong support for the sovereignty and territorial integrity of the Republic of Moldova, and for its European trajectory. As Moldova prepares for its parliamentary elections on 28 September, we commend the Moldovan people’s commitment to democratic reform and resilience. Moldova continues to play a constructive role in promoting stability and security across the European continent.

    Today, we are honoured to welcome President Maia Sandu to the United Kingdom for meetings with Prime Minister Keir Starmer and His Majesty King Charles III. Her visit underscores the deepening partnership between our countries and our shared commitment to democratic values, security, and prosperity.

    We remain deeply concerned by the Russian Federation’s ongoing hybrid aggression against Moldova, including information manipulation, cyberattacks, and malign political interference. These actions aim to destabilise Moldova’s democratic institutions and obstruct its sovereign choices – behaviour that is incompatible with OSCE principles.

    We welcome Moldova’s efforts to safeguard electoral integrity and counter foreign malign interference, and we encourage continued cooperation with OSCE institutions.

    The UK continues to support Moldova’s institutional reforms, including strengthening the judiciary and anti-corruption efforts, to help build a resilient, democratic society anchored in European values. Moldova’s future must be decided by its citizens, free from coercion or intimidation.

    Thank you, Mr Chair.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI: Lloyds Bank plc: 2025 Half-Year Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LONDON, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    Lloyds Bank plc

    2025 Half-Year Results

    24 July 2025

    Member of the Lloyds Banking Group

    CONTENTS

    Forward-looking statements 1
       
    Statutory information (IFRS)  
    Condensed consolidated balance sheet (unaudited) 2
    Condensed consolidated income statement (unaudited) 2
       
    Financial review 3
       
    Risk management  
    Principal risks and uncertainties 5
    Capital risk 6
    Credit risk 10
    Liquidity risk 20
       
    Statutory information  
    Condensed consolidated half-year financial statements (unaudited) 21
    Condensed consolidated income statement (unaudited) 22
    Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income (unaudited) 23
    Condensed consolidated balance sheet (unaudited) 24
    Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited) 25
    Condensed consolidated cash flow statement (unaudited) 28
    Notes to the condensed consolidated half-year financial statements (unaudited) 29
       
    Statement of directors’ responsibilities 52
    Independent review report to Lloyds Bank Plc 53
    Contacts 54


    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the business, strategy, plans and/or results of Lloyds Bank plc together with its subsidiaries (the Lloyds Bank Group) and its current goals and expectations. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about the Lloyds Bank Group’s or its directors’ and/or management’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as, without limitation, ‘believes’, ‘achieves’, ‘anticipates’, ‘estimates’, ‘expects’, ‘targets’, ‘should’, ‘intends’, ‘aims’, ‘projects’, ‘plans’, ‘potential’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘could’, ‘considered’, ‘likely’, ‘may’, ‘seek’, ‘estimate’, ‘probability’, ‘goal’, ‘objective’, ‘deliver’, ‘endeavour’, ‘prospects’, ‘optimistic’ and similar expressions or variations on these expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements concern or may affect future matters, including but not limited to: projections or expectations of the Lloyds Bank Group’s future financial position, including profit attributable to shareholders, provisions, economic profit, dividends, capital structure, portfolios, net interest margin, capital ratios, liquidity, risk-weighted assets (RWAs), expenditures or any other financial items or ratios; litigation, regulatory and governmental investigations; the Lloyds Bank Group’s future financial performance; the level and extent of future impairments and write-downs; the Lloyds Bank Group’s ESG targets and/or commitments; statements of plans, objectives or goals of the Lloyds Bank Group or its management and other statements that are not historical fact and statements of assumptions underlying such statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend upon circumstances that will or may occur in the future. Factors that could cause actual business, strategy, targets, plans and/or results (including but not limited to the payment of dividends) to differ materially from forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: general economic and business conditions in the UK and internationally (including in relation to tariffs); imposed and threatened tariffs and changes to global trade policies; acts of hostility or terrorism and responses to those acts, or other such events; geopolitical unpredictability; the war between Russia and Ukraine; the escalation of conflicts in the Middle East; the tensions between China and Taiwan; political instability including as a result of any UK general election; market related risks, trends and developments; changes in client and consumer behaviour and demand; exposure to counterparty risk; the ability to access sufficient sources of capital, liquidity and funding when required; changes to the Lloyds Bank Group’s or Lloyds Banking Group plc’s credit ratings; fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, exchange rates, stock markets and currencies; volatility in credit markets; volatility in the price of the Lloyds Bank Group’s securities; natural pandemic and other disasters; risks concerning borrower and counterparty credit quality; risks affecting defined benefit pension schemes; changes in laws, regulations, practices and accounting standards or taxation; changes to regulatory capital or liquidity requirements and similar contingencies; the policies and actions of governmental or regulatory authorities or courts together with any resulting impact on the future structure of the Lloyds Bank Group; risks associated with the Lloyds Bank Group’s compliance with a wide range of laws and regulations; assessment related to resolution planning requirements; risks related to regulatory actions which may be taken in the event of a bank or Lloyds Bank Group or Lloyds Banking Group failure; exposure to legal, regulatory or competition proceedings, investigations or complaints; failure to comply with anti-money laundering, counter terrorist financing, anti-bribery and sanctions regulations; failure to prevent or detect any illegal or improper activities; operational risks including risks as a result of the failure of third party suppliers; conduct risk; technological changes and risks to the security of IT and operational infrastructure, systems, data and information resulting from increased threat of cyber and other attacks; technological failure; inadequate or failed internal or external processes or systems; risks relating to ESG matters, such as climate change (and achieving climate change ambitions) and decarbonisation, including the Lloyds Bank Group’s or the Lloyds Banking Group’s ability along with the government and other stakeholders to measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of climate change effectively, and human rights issues; the impact of competitive conditions; failure to attract, retain and develop high calibre talent; the ability to achieve strategic objectives; the ability to derive cost savings and other benefits including, but without limitation, as a result of any acquisitions, disposals and other strategic transactions; inability to capture accurately the expected value from acquisitions; and assumptions and estimates that form the basis of the Lloyds Bank Group’s financial statements. A number of these influences and factors are beyond the Lloyds Bank Group’s control. Please refer to the latest Annual Report on Form 20-F filed by Lloyds Bank plc with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), which is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, for a discussion of certain factors and risks. Lloyds Bank plc may also make or disclose written and/or oral forward-looking statements in other written materials and in oral statements made by the directors, officers or employees of Lloyds Bank plc to third parties, including financial analysts. Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, the forward-looking statements contained in this document are made as of today’s date, and the Lloyds Bank Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this document whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The information, statements and opinions contained in this document do not constitute a public offer under any applicable law or an offer to sell any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or financial instruments.


    CONTACTS

    For further information please contact:


    INVESTORS AND ANALYSTS

    Douglas Radcliffe

    Group Investor Relations Director

    020 7356 1571

    douglas.radcliffe@lloydsbanking.com

    Rohith Chandra-Rajan

    Director of Investor Relations

    07353 885 690

    rohith.chandra-rajan@lloydsbanking.com

    Nora Thoden

    Director of Investor Relations – ESG

    020 7356 2334

    nora.thoden@lloydsbanking.com

    Tom Grantham

    Investor Relations Senior Manager

    07851 440 091

    thomas.grantham@lloydsbanking.com

    Sarah Robson

    Investor Relations Senior Manager

    07494 513 983

    sarah.robson2@lloydsbanking.com


    CORPORATE AFFAIRS

    Matt Smith

    Head of Media Relations

    07788 352 487

    matt.smith@lloydsbanking.com

    Emma Fairhurst

    Media Relations Senior Manager

    07814 395 855

    emma.fairhurst@lloydsbanking.com

    Copies of this News Release may be obtained from:
    Investor Relations, Lloyds Banking Group plc, 33 Old Broad Street, London, EC2N 1HZ
    The statement can also be found on the Group’s website – www.lloydsbankinggroup.com

    Registered office: Lloyds Bank plc, 25 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7HN
    Registered in England No. 2065

    Click on, or paste the following link into your web browser, to view the associated PDF document.

    http://www.rns-pdf.londonstockexchange.com/rns/4360S_1-2025-7-24.pdf

    This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: C&F Financial Corporation Announces Net Income for Second Quarter and First Six Months

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TOANO, Va., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — C&F Financial Corporation (the Corporation) (NASDAQ: CFFI), the holding company for C&F Bank, today reported consolidated net income of $7.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, an increase of 54.3 percent compared to $5.0 million for the second quarter of 2024. The Corporation reported consolidated net income of $13.2 million for the first six months of 2025, an increase of 55.4 percent compared to $8.5 million for the first six months of 2024. The following table presents selected financial performance highlights for the periods indicated:

                                     
        For The Quarter Ended     For the Six Months Ended  
    Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited)   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Consolidated net income (000’s)   $ 7,767     $ 5,034     $ 13,162     $ 8,469  
                                     
    Earnings per share – basic and diluted   $ 2.37     $ 1.50     $ 4.03     $ 2.50  
                                     
    Annualized return on average assets     1.18 %     0.82 %     1.01 %     0.69 %
    Annualized return on average equity     13.06 %     9.31 %     11.23 %     7.82 %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity1     14.70 %     10.72 %     12.72 %     9.01 %

    ________________________
    1 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below.

    “We are very pleased with our strong second-quarter earnings,” said Tom Cherry, President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Financial Corporation. “Our community banking segment delivered impressive loan and deposit growth, while our mortgage banking segment saw increased loan originations. Despite continued competition for auto loans, we are encouraged by the progress of our operational efficiency initiatives and ongoing technology investments at the consumer finance segment.

    Looking ahead, we’re optimistic about the second half of the year. In addition to the continued organic loan and deposit growth we expect at the community banking segment, we are excited about our recent expansion into Southwest Virginia. This strategic move extends our presence into key markets—including Roanoke, Lynchburg, Danville, Martinsville and Blacksburg—and reinforces our position as a leading community bank serving the Commonwealth of Virginia.”

    Key highlights for the second quarter and first six months of 2025 are as follows.

    • Community banking segment loans grew $76.7 million, or 10.6 percent annualized, and $143.4 million, or 10.3 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Consumer finance segment loans decreased $5.4 million, or 2.3 percent annualized, and $17.0 million, or 3.5 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Deposits increased $85.5 million, or 7.9 percent annualized, and $150.3 million, or 7.1 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Consolidated annualized net interest margin was 4.27 percent for the second quarter of 2025 compared to 4.12 percent for the second quarter of 2024 and 4.16 percent in the first quarter of 2025;
    • The community banking segment recorded a net reversal of provision for credit losses of $300,000 and a provision for credit losses of $450,000 for the second quarters of 2025 and 2024, respectively, and recorded a net reversal of provision for credit losses of $200,000 and a provision for credit losses of $950,000 for the first six months of 2025 and 2024, respectively;
    • The consumer finance segment recorded provision for credit losses of $2.4 million and $2.1 million for the second quarters of 2025 and 2024, respectively, and recorded provision for credit losses of $5.3 million and $5.1 million for the first six months of 2025 and 2024, respectively;
    • The consumer finance segment experienced net charge-offs at an annualized rate of 2.42 percent of average total loans for the first six months of 2025, compared to 2.21 percent for the first six months of 2024 and an annualized rate of 2.19 percent for the second quarter of 2025 compared to 2.64 percent for the first quarter of 2025;
    • Mortgage banking segment loan originations increased $67.5 million, or 46.2 percent, to $213.5 million for the second quarter of 2025 compared to the second quarter of 2024 and increased $99.8 million, or 87.7 percent compared to the first quarter of 2025; and
    • The Corporation issued new subordinated notes with aggregate principal of $40.0 million on June 6, 2025. Concurrently, the Corporation repurchased previously issued subordinated notes with aggregate principal of $20.0 million.

    Community Banking Segment. The community banking segment reported net income of $7.1 million and $12.6 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to $4.6 million and $8.6 million for the same periods of 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher interest income resulting from higher average balances of loans and the effects of higher average interest rates on asset yields; and
    • lower provision for credit losses due primarily to the resolution of a nonperforming commercial real estate loan that had carried a specific reserve, partially offset by provision related to loan growth;

    partially offset by:

    • higher interest expense due primarily to higher average balances of interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower average rates on deposits; and
    • higher marketing and advertising expenses related to the Corporation’s strategic marketing initiative, which began in the second half of 2024.

    Average loans increased $139.6 million, or 10.3 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and increased $152.5 million, or 11.5 percent, for the first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, due primarily to growth in the construction, construction real estate and land acquisition and development segments of the loan portfolio. Average deposits increased $156.9 million, or 7.6 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and increased $144.4 million, or 7.0 percent, for the first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, due primarily to higher balances of time deposits, noninterest-bearing demand deposits and saving and money market deposit accounts.

    Average interest-earning asset yields were higher for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods of 2024, due primarily to a shift in the mix of the loan portfolio towards higher-yielding loans, renewals of fixed rate loans originated during periods of lower interest rates and purchases of securities available for sale in the overall higher interest rate environment. Average costs of interest-bearing deposits were lower for the second quarter of 2025, compared to the second quarter of 2024 due primarily to decreases in interest rates paid on time deposits. Average costs of interest-bearing deposits were higher for the first six months of 2025, compared to the first six months of 2024, due primarily to the continued effects of a shift in the mix of deposits to higher cost time deposits, partially offset by decreases in interest rates paid on time deposits.

    The community banking segment’s nonaccrual loans were $1.1 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $333,000 at December 31, 2024. The increase in nonaccrual loans compared to December 31, 2024 is due primarily to the downgrade of one residential mortgage relationship in the first quarter of 2025. The community banking segment recorded net reversals of provision for credit losses of $300,000 and $200,000 for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to provision for credit losses of $450,000 and $950,000 for the same periods of 2024. At June 30, 2025, the allowance for credit losses decreased to $17.2 million, compared to $17.4 million at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans decreased to 1.12 percent at June 30, 2025 from 1.20 percent at December 31, 2024. These decreases are due primarily to the resolution of a nonperforming commercial real estate loan that had carried a specific reserve and growth in loans with shorter expected lives, which resulted in lower estimated losses over the life of the loan, partially offset by growth in the loan portfolio and changes in the forecast of key credit loss model assumptions. Management believes that the level of the allowance for credit losses is adequate to reflect the net amount expected to be collected.

    Mortgage Banking Segment. The mortgage banking segment reported net income of $985,000 and $1.4 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to $376,000 and $670,000 for the same periods of 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher gains on sales of loans and higher mortgage banking fee income due to higher volume of mortgage loan originations; and
    • higher mortgage lender services fee income;

    partially offset by:

    • higher variable expenses tied to mortgage loan origination volume such as commissions and bonuses, reported in salaries and employee benefits; and
    • lower reversal of provision for indemnifications.

    Despite the sustained elevated level of mortgage interest rates, higher home prices and low levels of inventory, mortgage banking segment loan originations increased 46.2 percent and 36.2 percent for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods of 2024. Mortgage loan originations for the mortgage banking segment were $213.5 million for the second quarter of 2025, comprised of $197.2 million home purchases and $16.3 million refinancings, compared to $146.0 million, comprised of $134.3 million home purchases and $11.7 million refinancings, for the same period in 2024. Mortgage loan originations for the mortgage banking segment were $327.3 million for the first six months of 2025, comprised of $298.9 million home purchases and $28.4 million refinancings, compared to $240.4 million, comprised of $221.1 million home purchases and $19.3 million refinancings, for the same period in 2024. Mortgage loan originations in the second quarter of 2025 increased $99.8 million compared to the first quarter of 2025 due in part to normal industry seasonal fluctuations. Mortgage loan segment originations include originations of loans sold to the community banking segment, at prices similar to those paid by third-party investors. These transactions are eliminated to reach consolidated totals.

    During the second quarter and first six months of 2025, the mortgage banking segment recorded a reversal of provision for indemnification losses of $35,000 and $60,000, respectively, compared to a reversal of provision for indemnification losses of $135,000 and $275,000 in the same periods of 2024. The allowance for indemnifications was $1.29 million and $1.35 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The release of indemnification reserves in 2025 and 2024 was due primarily to lower volume of mortgage loan originations in recent years, improvement in the mortgage banking segment’s assessment of borrower payment performance and other factors affecting expected losses on mortgage loans sold in the secondary market, such as time since origination. The releases in 2025 decreased compared to the same periods in 2024 due primarily to the increased mortgage loan originations in 2025 compared to 2024. Management believes that the indemnification reserve is sufficient to absorb losses related to loans that have been sold in the secondary market.

    Consumer Finance Segment.   The consumer finance segment reported net income of $539,000 and $765,000 for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to $894,000 and $831,000 for the same periods in 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher provision for credit losses due primarily to higher net charge-offs; and
    • lower interest income resulting from lower average balances of loans, partially offset by higher loan yields;

    partially offset by:

    • lower interest expense allocation on borrowings from the community banking segment as a result of lower average balances of borrowings; and
    • lower salaries and employee benefits expense due to an effort to reduce overhead costs.

    Average loans decreased $14.1 million, or 2.9 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and decreased $11.2 million, or 2.4 percent, for the first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2024. The consumer finance segment experienced net charge-offs at an annualized rate of 2.42 percent of average total loans for the first six months of 2025, compared to 2.21 percent for the first six months of 2024, due primarily to an increase in delinquent loans, repossessions and the average amount charged-off when a loan was uncollectable. At June 30, 2025, total delinquent loans as a percentage of total loans was 3.81 percent, compared to 3.90 percent at December 31, 2024, and 3.51 percent at June 30, 2024.

    The consumer finance segment, at times, offers payment deferrals as a portfolio management technique to achieve higher ultimate cash collections on select loan accounts. A significant reliance on deferrals as a means of managing collections may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio. Average amounts of payment deferrals of automobile loans on a monthly basis, which are not included in delinquent loans, were 1.73 percent and 1.74 percent of average automobile loans outstanding during the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to 1.58 percent and 1.60 percent during the same periods during 2024. The allowance for credit losses was $22.4 million at June 30, 2025 and $22.7 million at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans was 4.85 percent at June 30, 2025 compared to 4.86 percent at December 31, 2024. Management believes that the level of the allowance for credit losses is adequate to reflect the net amount expected to be collected. If loan performance deteriorates resulting in further elevated delinquencies or net charge-offs, the provision for credit losses may increase in future periods.

    Liquidity. The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors. Uninsured deposits represent an estimate of amounts above the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance coverage limit of $250,000. As of June 30, 2025, the Corporation’s uninsured deposits were approximately $677.7 million, or 30.0 percent of total deposits. Excluding intercompany cash holdings and municipal deposits, which are secured with pledged securities, amounts uninsured were approximately $536.1 million, or 23.8 percent of total deposits as of June 30, 2025. The Corporation’s liquid assets, which include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits at other banks and nonpledged securities available for sale, were $373.7 million and borrowing availability was $576.4 million as of June 30, 2025, which in total exceed uninsured deposits, excluding intercompany cash holdings and secured municipal deposits, by $414.0 million as of June 30, 2025.

    In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term and long-term borrowings as sources of funds. Short-term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) may be used to fund the Corporation’s day-to-day operations. Short-term borrowings also include securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Total borrowings increased to $146.1 million at June 30, 2025 from $122.6 million at December 31, 2024 due primarily to an increase in the Corporation’s subordinated debt, increased borrowings from the FHLB and fluctuations in balances of repurchase agreements with commercial deposit customers.

    Additional sources of liquidity available to the Corporation include cash flows from operations, loan payments and payoffs, deposit growth, maturities, calls and sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the capacity to borrow additional funds.

    Capital and Dividends.   During the second quarter of 2025, the Corporation declared a quarterly cash dividend of 46 cents per share. This dividend, which was paid to shareholders on July 1, 2025, represents a payout ratio of 19.4 percent of earnings per share for the second quarter of 2025. The Board of Directors of the Corporation continually reviews the amount of cash dividends per share and the resulting dividend payout ratio in light of changes in economic conditions, current and future capital levels and requirements, and expected future earnings.

    Total consolidated equity increased $13.9 million at June 30, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, due primarily to net income and lower unrealized losses in the market value of securities available for sale, which are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income, partially offset by dividends paid on the Corporation’s common stock. The Corporation’s securities available for sale are fixed income debt securities and their unrealized loss position is a result of increased market interest rates since they were purchased. The Corporation expects to recover its investments in debt securities through scheduled payments of principal and interest. Unrealized losses are not expected to affect the earnings or regulatory capital of the Corporation or C&F Bank. The accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the Corporation’s securities available for sale, net of deferred income taxes, decreased to $19.9 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $23.7 million at December 31, 2024 due primarily to fluctuations in debt security market interest rates and a decrease in the balance of securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position as a result of maturities, calls and paydowns.

    As of June 30, 2025, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized C&F Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized under regulations applicable at June 30, 2025, C&F Bank was required to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, CET1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios. In addition to the regulatory risk-based capital requirements, C&F Bank must maintain a capital conservation buffer of additional capital of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets as required by the Basel III capital rules. The Corporation and C&F Bank exceeded these ratios at June 30, 2025. For additional information, see “Capital Ratios” below. The above mentioned ratios are not impacted by unrealized losses on securities available for sale. In the event that all of these unrealized losses become realized into earnings, the Corporation and C&F Bank would both continue to exceed minimum capital requirements, including the capital conservation buffer, and be considered well capitalized.

    The Corporation has a share repurchase program that was authorized by the Board of Directors to repurchase up to $5.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock, effective January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025 (the 2025 Repurchase Program). During the second quarter of 2025, the Corporation did not make any repurchases of its common stock under the 2025 Repurchase Program.

    About C&F Financial Corporation. The Corporation’s common stock is listed for trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol CFFI. The common stock closed at a price of $69.18 per share on July 23, 2025. At June 30, 2025, the book value per share of the Corporation was $74.21 and the tangible book value per share was $66.12. For more information about the Corporation’s tangible book value per share, which is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below.

    C&F Bank operates 31 banking offices and five commercial loan offices located throughout Virginia and offers full wealth management services through its subsidiary C&F Wealth Management, Inc. C&F Mortgage Corporation and its subsidiary C&F Select LLC provide mortgage loan origination services through offices located in Virginia and the surrounding states. C&F Finance Company provides automobile, marine and recreational vehicle loans through indirect lending programs offered primarily in the Mid-Atlantic, Midwest and Southern United States from its headquarters in Henrico, Virginia.

    Additional information regarding the Corporation’s products and services, as well as access to its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), are available on the Corporation’s website at http://www.cffc.com.

    Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures. The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to GAAP in the United States and prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, certain non-GAAP measures are used by management to supplement the evaluation of the Corporation’s performance. These may include adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per share, adjusted return on average equity, adjusted return on average assets, return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE), adjusted ROTCE, tangible book value per share, price to tangible book value ratio, and the following fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) measures: interest income on loans-FTE, interest income on securities-FTE, total interest income-FTE and net interest income-FTE. Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield as if income taxes were paid) using the federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent that was applicable for all periods presented.

    Management believes that the use of these non-GAAP measures provides meaningful information about operating performance by enhancing comparability with other financial periods, other financial institutions, and between different sources of interest income. The non-GAAP measures used by management enhance comparability by excluding the effects of balances of intangible assets, including goodwill, that vary significantly between institutions, and tax benefits that are not consistent across different opportunities for investment. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to, or more important than, GAAP-basis financial statements, and other bank holding companies may define or calculate these or similar measures differently. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures used by the Corporation to evaluate and measure the Corporation’s performance to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is presented below.

    Forward-Looking Statements.   This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of the Corporation’s management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, the Corporation’s management, and reflect management’s current views with respect to certain events that could have an impact on the Corporation’s future financial performance. These statements, including without limitation statements made in Mr. Cherry’s quote and statements regarding future interest rates and conditions in the Corporation’s industries and markets, relate to expectations concerning matters that are not historical fact, may express “belief,” “intention,” “expectation,” “potential” and similar expressions, and may use the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “target,” “should,” “could,” or similar expressions. These statements are inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurance that the underlying assumptions will prove to be accurate. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied by such statements. Forward-looking statements in this release may include, without limitation, statements regarding expected future operations and financial performance, expected trends in yields on loans, expected future recovery of investments in debt securities, future dividend payments, deposit trends, charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in cost of funds and net interest margin and items affecting net interest margin, strategic business initiatives and the anticipated effects thereof, changes in interest rates and the effects thereof on net interest income, mortgage loan originations, expectations regarding C&F Bank’s regulatory risk-based capital requirement levels, technology initiatives, our diversified business strategy, asset quality, credit quality, adequacy of allowances for credit losses and the level of future charge-offs, market interest rates and housing inventory and resulting effects in mortgage loan origination volume, sources of liquidity, adequacy of the reserve for indemnification losses related to loans sold in the secondary market, the effect of future market and industry trends, the effects of future interest rate fluctuations, cybersecurity risks, and inflation. Factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but are not limited to, changes in:

    • interest rates, such as volatility in short-term interest rates or yields on U.S. Treasury bonds, fluctuations in interest rates following actions by the Federal Reserve and increases or volatility in mortgage interest rates
    • general business conditions, as well as conditions within the financial markets
    • general economic conditions, including unemployment levels, inflation rates, supply chain disruptions and slowdowns in economic growth
    • general market conditions, including disruptions due to pandemics or significant health hazards, severe weather conditions, natural disasters, terrorist activities, financial crises, political crises, changes in trade policy and the implementation of tariffs, war and other military conflicts or other major events, or the prospect of these events
    • average loan and securities yields and average costs of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings
    • financial services industry conditions, including bank failures or concerns involving liquidity
    • labor market conditions, including attracting, hiring, training, motivating and retaining qualified employees
    • the legislative and regulatory climate, regulatory initiatives with respect to financial institutions, products and services, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB) and the regulatory and enforcement activities of the CFPB
    • monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the FDIC, U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the effect of these policies on interest rates and business in our markets
    • demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market areas
    • the value of securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolios
    • the quality or composition of the loan portfolios and the value of the collateral securing those loans
    • the inventory level, demand and fluctuations in the pricing of used automobiles, including sales prices of repossessed vehicles
    • the level of automobile loan delinquencies or defaults and our ability to repossess automobiles securing delinquent automobile finance installment contracts
    • the level of net charge-offs on loans and the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses
    • the level of indemnification losses related to mortgage loans sold
    • demand for loan products
    • deposit flows
    • the strength of the Corporation’s counterparties
    • the availability of lines of credit from the FHLB and other counterparties
    • the soundness of other financial institutions and any indirect exposure related to the closing of other financial institutions and their impact on the broader market through other customers, suppliers and partners, or that the conditions which resulted in the liquidity concerns experienced by closed financial institutions may also adversely impact, directly or indirectly, other financial institutions and market participants with which the Corporation has commercial or deposit relationships
    • competition from both banks and non-banks, including competition in the automobile finance and marine and recreational vehicle finance markets
    • services provided by, or the level of the Corporation’s reliance upon third parties for key services
    • the commercial and residential real estate markets, including changes in property values
    • the demand for residential mortgages and conditions in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets
    • the Corporation’s technology initiatives and other strategic initiatives
    • the Corporation’s branch expansion, relocation and consolidation plans
    • cyber threats, attacks or events
    • C&F Bank’s product offerings
    • accounting principles, policies and guidelines, and elections made by the Corporation thereunder.

    These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained herein, and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. For additional information on risk factors that could affect the forward-looking statements contained herein, see the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other reports filed with the SEC. The Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

       
    C&F Financial CorporationSelected Financial Information
    (dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
    (unaudited)    		  
       
    Financial Condition   6/30/2025    12/31/2024    6/30/2024  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   $ 62,289   $ 49,423   $ 28,433  
    Investment securities – available for sale, at fair value     434,506     418,625     404,758  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     44,757     20,112     33,716  
    Loans, net:                    
    Community Banking segment     1,513,082     1,436,226     1,369,912  
    Consumer Finance segment     439,005     444,085     454,921  
    Total assets     2,686,392     2,563,374     2,492,100  
    Deposits     2,256,314     2,170,860     2,106,062  
    Repurchase agreements     20,642     28,994     25,047  
    Other borrowings     125,493     93,615     93,753  
    Total equity     240,916     226,970     219,099  
                                     
        For The     For The  
        Quarter Ended     Six Months Ended  
    Results of Operations   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Interest income   $ 37,407       $ 34,312     $ 73,395       $ 67,020  
    Interest expense     10,899         10,484       21,877         20,034  
    Provision for credit losses:                                
    Community Banking segment     (300 )       450       (200 )       950  
    Consumer Finance segment     2,400         2,100       5,300         5,100  
    Noninterest income:                                
    Gains on sales of loans     2,458         1,701       4,305         2,989  
    Other     7,390         5,623       13,116         11,827  
    Noninterest expenses:                                
    Salaries and employee benefits     14,846         13,452       28,329         27,704  
    Other     9,784         8,921       19,360         17,819  
    Income tax expense     1,859         1,195       2,988         1,760  
    Net income     7,767         5,034       13,162         8,469  
                                     
    Fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) amounts1                                
    Interest income on loans-FTE     33,768         31,460       66,196         61,096  
    Interest income on securities-FTE     3,530         2,977       6,876         6,075  
    Total interest income-FTE     37,711         34,600       73,987         67,593  
    Net interest income-FTE     26,812         24,116       52,110         47,559  

    ________________________
    1For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                                       
        For the Quarter Ended  
          6/30/2025      6/30/2024     
        Average      Income/      Yield/   Average      Income/      Yield/  
    Yield Analysis   Balance     Expense     Rate   Balance     Expense     Rate  
    Assets                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Community banking segment   $ 1,499,272     $ 20,893   5.59 % $ 1,359,703     $ 18,543   5.48 %
    Mortgage banking segment     45,948       731   6.38     34,240       533   6.26  
    Consumer finance segment     464,193       12,144   10.49     478,296       12,384   10.41  
    Total loans     2,009,413       33,768   6.74     1,872,239       31,460   6.76  
    Securities:                                  
    Taxable     342,023       2,325   2.72     337,050       1,857   2.20  
    Tax-exempt     120,281       1,205   4.01     119,626       1,120   3.75  
    Total securities     462,304       3,530   3.05     456,676       2,977   2.61  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     48,237       413   3.43     23,239       163   2.82  
    Total earning assets     2,519,954       37,711   6.00     2,352,154       34,600   5.91  
    Allowance for credit losses     (41,284 )               (40,837 )            
    Total non-earning assets     157,307                 153,002              
    Total assets   $ 2,635,977               $ 2,464,319              
                                       
    Liabilities and Equity                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 312,905       476   0.61   $ 321,070       476   0.60  
    Savings and money market deposit accounts     522,453       1,530   1.17     474,613       1,074   0.91  
    Certificates of deposit     830,425       7,547   3.65     751,973       7,700   4.12  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,665,783       9,553   2.30     1,547,656       9,250   2.40  
    Borrowings:                                  
    Repurchase agreements     23,920       85   1.43     25,113       97   1.55  
    Other borrowings     99,162       1,261   5.09     100,633       1,137   4.52  
    Total borrowings     123,082       1,346   4.38     125,746       1,234   3.93  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,788,865       10,899   2.44     1,673,402       10,484   2.52  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     568,372                 529,608              
    Other liabilities     40,917                 45,023              
    Total liabilities     2,398,154                 2,248,033              
    Equity     237,823                 216,286              
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,635,977               $ 2,464,319              
    Net interest income         $ 26,812             $ 24,116      
    Interest rate spread               3.56 %             3.39 %
    Interest expense to average earning assets               1.73 %             1.79 %
    Net interest margin               4.27 %             4.12 %
                                       
        For the Six Months Ended  
          6/30/2025      6/30/2024     
        Average      Income/      Yield/   Average      Income/      Yield/  
    Yield Analysis   Balance     Expense     Rate   Balance     Expense     Rate  
    Assets                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Community banking segment   $ 1,483,501     $ 40,858   5.55 % $ 1,330,981     $ 35,874   5.42 %
    Mortgage banking segment     33,527       1,071   6.44     25,970       814   6.30  
    Consumer finance segment     464,856       24,267   10.53     476,072       24,408   10.31  
    Total loans     1,981,884       66,196   6.74     1,833,023       61,096   6.70  
    Securities:                                  
    Taxable     340,744       4,518   2.65     351,146       3,837   2.19  
    Tax-exempt     119,661       2,358   3.94     120,274       2,238   3.72  
    Total securities     460,405       6,876   2.99     471,420       6,075   2.58  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     52,012       915   3.55     25,828       422   3.29  
    Total earning assets     2,494,301       73,987   5.98     2,330,271       67,593   5.83  
    Allowance for credit losses     (40,947 )               (40,565 )            
    Total non-earning assets     155,937                 154,902              
    Total assets   $ 2,609,291               $ 2,444,608              
                                       
    Liabilities and Equity                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 322,569       1,076   0.67   $ 328,320       1,029   0.63  
    Savings and money market deposit accounts     505,926       2,735   1.09     479,629       2,135   0.90  
    Certificates of deposit     826,211       15,511   3.79     728,570       14,616   4.03  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,654,706       19,322   2.35     1,536,519       17,780   2.33  
    Borrowings:                                  
    Repurchase agreements     26,044       198   1.53     26,555       208   1.57  
    Other borrowings     96,394       2,357   4.89     89,539       2,046   4.57  
    Total borrowings     122,438       2,555   4.18     116,094       2,254   3.88  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,777,144       21,877   2.48     1,652,613       20,034   2.44  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     556,923                 530,747              
    Other liabilities     40,896                 44,573              
    Total liabilities     2,374,963                 2,227,933              
    Equity     234,328                 216,675              
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,609,291               $ 2,444,608              
    Net interest income         $ 52,110             $ 47,559      
    Interest rate spread               3.50 %             3.39 %
    Interest expense to average earning assets               1.77 %             1.73 %
    Net interest margin               4.21 %             4.10 %
                       
        6/30/2025
    Funding Sources    Capacity      Outstanding      Available
    Unsecured federal funds agreements   $ 75,000   $ —   $ 75,000
    Borrowings from FHLB     267,278     52,000     215,278
    Borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank     286,137     —     286,137
    Total   $ 628,415   $ 52,000   $ 576,415
                     
    Asset Quality   6/30/2025     12/31/2024  
    Community Banking                
    Total loans   $ 1,530,275     $ 1,453,605  
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 1,075     $ 333  
                     
    Allowance for credit losses (ACL)   $ 17,193     $ 17,379  
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans     0.07 %     0.02 %
    ACL to total loans     1.12 %     1.20 %
    ACL to nonaccrual loans     1,599.35 %     5,218.92 %
    Annualized year-to-date net charge-offs to average loans     0.01 %     0.01 %
                     
    Consumer Finance                
    Total loans   $ 461,390     $ 466,793  
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 697     $ 614  
    Repossessed assets   $ 925     $ 779  
    ACL   $ 22,385     $ 22,708  
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans     0.15 %     0.13 %
    ACL to total loans     4.85 %     4.86 %
    ACL to nonaccrual loans     3,211.62 %     3,698.37 %
    Annualized year-to-date net charge-offs to average loans     2.42 %     2.62 %
                                     
        For The     For The  
        Quarter Ended     Six Months Ended  
    Other Performance Data   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Net Income (Loss):                                
    Community Banking   $ 7,116       $ 4,571       $ 12,561       $ 8,583    
    Mortgage Banking     985         376         1,416         670    
    Consumer Finance     539         894         765         831    
    Other1     (873 )       (807 )       (1,580 )       (1,615 )  
    Total   $ 7,767       $ 5,034       $ 13,162       $ 8,469    
                                     
    Net income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 7,691       $ 5,007       $ 13,059       $ 8,408    
                                     
    Earnings per share – basic and diluted   $ 2.37       $ 1.50       $ 4.03       $ 2.50    
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted     3,238,765         3,343,192         3,236,849         3,357,063    
                                     
    Annualized return on average assets     1.18   %     0.82   %     1.01   %     0.69   %
    Annualized return on average equity     13.06   %     9.31   %     11.23   %     7.82   %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity2     14.70   %     10.72   %     12.72   %     9.01   %
    Dividends declared per share   $ 0.46       $ 0.44       $ 0.92       $ 0.88    
                                     
    Mortgage loan originations – Mortgage Banking   $ 213,523       $ 146,010       $ 327,273       $ 240,356    
    Mortgage loans sold – Mortgage Banking     196,878         135,227         303,309         221,306    

    ________________________
    1 Includes results of the holding company that are not allocated to the business segments and elimination of inter-segment activity.
    2 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                   
    Market Ratios   6/30/2025     12/31/2024
    Market value per share   $ 61.73     $ 71.25
    Book value per share   $ 74.21     $ 70.00
    Price to book value ratio     0.83       1.02
    Tangible book value per share1   $ 66.12     $ 61.86
    Price to tangible book value ratio1     0.93       1.15
    Price to earnings ratio (ttm)     8.17       11.86

    ________________________
    1 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                         
                         
                    Minimum Capital
    Capital Ratios   6/30/2025   12/31/2024   Requirements3
    C&F Financial Corporation1                    
    Total risk-based capital ratio     15.0 %   14.1 %   8.0 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     12.0 %   11.9 %   6.0 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio     10.8 %   10.7 %   4.5 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio     10.0 %   9.8 %   4.0 %
                         
    C&F Bank2                    
    Total risk-based capital ratio     14.8 %   13.5 %   8.0 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     13.6 %   12.3 %   6.0 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio     13.6 %   12.3 %   4.5 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio     11.3 %   10.1 %   4.0 %

    ________________________
    1   The Corporation, a small bank holding company under applicable regulations and guidance, is not subject to the minimum regulatory capital regulations for bank holding companies. The regulatory requirements that apply to bank holding companies that are subject to regulatory capital requirements are presented above, along with the Corporation’s capital ratios as determined under those regulations.
    2   All ratios at June 30, 2025 are estimates and subject to change pending regulatory filings. All ratios at December 31, 2024 are presented as filed.
    3   The ratios presented for minimum capital requirements are those to be considered adequately capitalized.

                                     
        For The Quarter Ended     For The Six Months Ended  
        6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures                        
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity                                
    Average total equity, as reported   $ 237,823       $ 216,286       $ 234,328       $ 216,675    
    Average goodwill     (25,191 )       (25,191 )       (25,191 )       (25,191 )  
    Average other intangible assets     (1,045 )       (1,301 )       (1,081 )       (1,333 )  
    Average noncontrolling interest     (652 )       (602 )       (696 )       (656 )  
    Average tangible common equity   $ 210,935       $ 189,192       $ 207,360       $ 189,495    
                                     
    Net income   $ 7,767       $ 5,034       $ 13,162       $ 8,469    
    Amortization of intangibles     63         65         125         130    
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest     (76 )       (27 )       (103 )       (61 )  
    Net tangible income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 7,754       $ 5,072       $ 13,184       $ 8,538    
                                     
    Annualized return on average equity, as reported     13.06   %     9.31   %     11.23   %     7.82   %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity     14.70   %     10.72   %     12.72   %     9.01   %
                                   
        For The Quarter Ended     For The Six Months Ended
        6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024
    Fully Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income1                              
    Interest income on loans   $ 33,716     $ 31,407     $ 66,098     $ 60,993
    FTE adjustment     52       53       98       103
    FTE interest income on loans   $ 33,768     $ 31,460     $ 66,196     $ 61,096
                                   
    Interest income on securities   $ 3,278     $ 2,742     $ 6,382     $ 5,605
    FTE adjustment     252       235       494       470
    FTE interest income on securities   $ 3,530     $ 2,977     $ 6,876     $ 6,075
                                   
    Total interest income   $ 37,407     $ 34,312     $ 73,395     $ 67,020
    FTE adjustment     304       288       592       573
    FTE interest income   $ 37,711     $ 34,600     $ 73,987     $ 67,593
                                   
    Net interest income   $ 26,508     $ 23,828     $ 51,518     $ 46,986
    FTE adjustment     304       288       592       573
    FTE net interest income   $ 26,812     $ 24,116     $ 52,110     $ 47,559

    ____________________
    1 Assuming a tax rate of 21%.

                   
        6/30/2025     12/31/2024
    Tangible Book Value Per Share          
    Equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 240,313       $ 226,360  
    Goodwill     (25,191 )       (25,191 )
    Other intangible assets     (1,022 )       (1,147 )
    Tangible equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 214,100       $ 200,022  
                   
    Shares outstanding     3,238,085         3,233,672  
                   
    Book value per share   $ 74.21       $ 70.00  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 66.12       $ 61.86  
       
       
    Contact: Jason Long, CFO and Secretary
      (804) 843-2360

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: C&F Financial Corporation Announces Net Income for Second Quarter and First Six Months

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TOANO, Va., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — C&F Financial Corporation (the Corporation) (NASDAQ: CFFI), the holding company for C&F Bank, today reported consolidated net income of $7.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, an increase of 54.3 percent compared to $5.0 million for the second quarter of 2024. The Corporation reported consolidated net income of $13.2 million for the first six months of 2025, an increase of 55.4 percent compared to $8.5 million for the first six months of 2024. The following table presents selected financial performance highlights for the periods indicated:

                                     
        For The Quarter Ended     For the Six Months Ended  
    Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited)   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Consolidated net income (000’s)   $ 7,767     $ 5,034     $ 13,162     $ 8,469  
                                     
    Earnings per share – basic and diluted   $ 2.37     $ 1.50     $ 4.03     $ 2.50  
                                     
    Annualized return on average assets     1.18 %     0.82 %     1.01 %     0.69 %
    Annualized return on average equity     13.06 %     9.31 %     11.23 %     7.82 %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity1     14.70 %     10.72 %     12.72 %     9.01 %

    ________________________
    1 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below.

    “We are very pleased with our strong second-quarter earnings,” said Tom Cherry, President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Financial Corporation. “Our community banking segment delivered impressive loan and deposit growth, while our mortgage banking segment saw increased loan originations. Despite continued competition for auto loans, we are encouraged by the progress of our operational efficiency initiatives and ongoing technology investments at the consumer finance segment.

    Looking ahead, we’re optimistic about the second half of the year. In addition to the continued organic loan and deposit growth we expect at the community banking segment, we are excited about our recent expansion into Southwest Virginia. This strategic move extends our presence into key markets—including Roanoke, Lynchburg, Danville, Martinsville and Blacksburg—and reinforces our position as a leading community bank serving the Commonwealth of Virginia.”

    Key highlights for the second quarter and first six months of 2025 are as follows.

    • Community banking segment loans grew $76.7 million, or 10.6 percent annualized, and $143.4 million, or 10.3 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Consumer finance segment loans decreased $5.4 million, or 2.3 percent annualized, and $17.0 million, or 3.5 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Deposits increased $85.5 million, or 7.9 percent annualized, and $150.3 million, or 7.1 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Consolidated annualized net interest margin was 4.27 percent for the second quarter of 2025 compared to 4.12 percent for the second quarter of 2024 and 4.16 percent in the first quarter of 2025;
    • The community banking segment recorded a net reversal of provision for credit losses of $300,000 and a provision for credit losses of $450,000 for the second quarters of 2025 and 2024, respectively, and recorded a net reversal of provision for credit losses of $200,000 and a provision for credit losses of $950,000 for the first six months of 2025 and 2024, respectively;
    • The consumer finance segment recorded provision for credit losses of $2.4 million and $2.1 million for the second quarters of 2025 and 2024, respectively, and recorded provision for credit losses of $5.3 million and $5.1 million for the first six months of 2025 and 2024, respectively;
    • The consumer finance segment experienced net charge-offs at an annualized rate of 2.42 percent of average total loans for the first six months of 2025, compared to 2.21 percent for the first six months of 2024 and an annualized rate of 2.19 percent for the second quarter of 2025 compared to 2.64 percent for the first quarter of 2025;
    • Mortgage banking segment loan originations increased $67.5 million, or 46.2 percent, to $213.5 million for the second quarter of 2025 compared to the second quarter of 2024 and increased $99.8 million, or 87.7 percent compared to the first quarter of 2025; and
    • The Corporation issued new subordinated notes with aggregate principal of $40.0 million on June 6, 2025. Concurrently, the Corporation repurchased previously issued subordinated notes with aggregate principal of $20.0 million.

    Community Banking Segment. The community banking segment reported net income of $7.1 million and $12.6 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to $4.6 million and $8.6 million for the same periods of 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher interest income resulting from higher average balances of loans and the effects of higher average interest rates on asset yields; and
    • lower provision for credit losses due primarily to the resolution of a nonperforming commercial real estate loan that had carried a specific reserve, partially offset by provision related to loan growth;

    partially offset by:

    • higher interest expense due primarily to higher average balances of interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower average rates on deposits; and
    • higher marketing and advertising expenses related to the Corporation’s strategic marketing initiative, which began in the second half of 2024.

    Average loans increased $139.6 million, or 10.3 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and increased $152.5 million, or 11.5 percent, for the first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, due primarily to growth in the construction, construction real estate and land acquisition and development segments of the loan portfolio. Average deposits increased $156.9 million, or 7.6 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and increased $144.4 million, or 7.0 percent, for the first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, due primarily to higher balances of time deposits, noninterest-bearing demand deposits and saving and money market deposit accounts.

    Average interest-earning asset yields were higher for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods of 2024, due primarily to a shift in the mix of the loan portfolio towards higher-yielding loans, renewals of fixed rate loans originated during periods of lower interest rates and purchases of securities available for sale in the overall higher interest rate environment. Average costs of interest-bearing deposits were lower for the second quarter of 2025, compared to the second quarter of 2024 due primarily to decreases in interest rates paid on time deposits. Average costs of interest-bearing deposits were higher for the first six months of 2025, compared to the first six months of 2024, due primarily to the continued effects of a shift in the mix of deposits to higher cost time deposits, partially offset by decreases in interest rates paid on time deposits.

    The community banking segment’s nonaccrual loans were $1.1 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $333,000 at December 31, 2024. The increase in nonaccrual loans compared to December 31, 2024 is due primarily to the downgrade of one residential mortgage relationship in the first quarter of 2025. The community banking segment recorded net reversals of provision for credit losses of $300,000 and $200,000 for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to provision for credit losses of $450,000 and $950,000 for the same periods of 2024. At June 30, 2025, the allowance for credit losses decreased to $17.2 million, compared to $17.4 million at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans decreased to 1.12 percent at June 30, 2025 from 1.20 percent at December 31, 2024. These decreases are due primarily to the resolution of a nonperforming commercial real estate loan that had carried a specific reserve and growth in loans with shorter expected lives, which resulted in lower estimated losses over the life of the loan, partially offset by growth in the loan portfolio and changes in the forecast of key credit loss model assumptions. Management believes that the level of the allowance for credit losses is adequate to reflect the net amount expected to be collected.

    Mortgage Banking Segment. The mortgage banking segment reported net income of $985,000 and $1.4 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to $376,000 and $670,000 for the same periods of 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher gains on sales of loans and higher mortgage banking fee income due to higher volume of mortgage loan originations; and
    • higher mortgage lender services fee income;

    partially offset by:

    • higher variable expenses tied to mortgage loan origination volume such as commissions and bonuses, reported in salaries and employee benefits; and
    • lower reversal of provision for indemnifications.

    Despite the sustained elevated level of mortgage interest rates, higher home prices and low levels of inventory, mortgage banking segment loan originations increased 46.2 percent and 36.2 percent for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods of 2024. Mortgage loan originations for the mortgage banking segment were $213.5 million for the second quarter of 2025, comprised of $197.2 million home purchases and $16.3 million refinancings, compared to $146.0 million, comprised of $134.3 million home purchases and $11.7 million refinancings, for the same period in 2024. Mortgage loan originations for the mortgage banking segment were $327.3 million for the first six months of 2025, comprised of $298.9 million home purchases and $28.4 million refinancings, compared to $240.4 million, comprised of $221.1 million home purchases and $19.3 million refinancings, for the same period in 2024. Mortgage loan originations in the second quarter of 2025 increased $99.8 million compared to the first quarter of 2025 due in part to normal industry seasonal fluctuations. Mortgage loan segment originations include originations of loans sold to the community banking segment, at prices similar to those paid by third-party investors. These transactions are eliminated to reach consolidated totals.

    During the second quarter and first six months of 2025, the mortgage banking segment recorded a reversal of provision for indemnification losses of $35,000 and $60,000, respectively, compared to a reversal of provision for indemnification losses of $135,000 and $275,000 in the same periods of 2024. The allowance for indemnifications was $1.29 million and $1.35 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The release of indemnification reserves in 2025 and 2024 was due primarily to lower volume of mortgage loan originations in recent years, improvement in the mortgage banking segment’s assessment of borrower payment performance and other factors affecting expected losses on mortgage loans sold in the secondary market, such as time since origination. The releases in 2025 decreased compared to the same periods in 2024 due primarily to the increased mortgage loan originations in 2025 compared to 2024. Management believes that the indemnification reserve is sufficient to absorb losses related to loans that have been sold in the secondary market.

    Consumer Finance Segment.   The consumer finance segment reported net income of $539,000 and $765,000 for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to $894,000 and $831,000 for the same periods in 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher provision for credit losses due primarily to higher net charge-offs; and
    • lower interest income resulting from lower average balances of loans, partially offset by higher loan yields;

    partially offset by:

    • lower interest expense allocation on borrowings from the community banking segment as a result of lower average balances of borrowings; and
    • lower salaries and employee benefits expense due to an effort to reduce overhead costs.

    Average loans decreased $14.1 million, or 2.9 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and decreased $11.2 million, or 2.4 percent, for the first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2024. The consumer finance segment experienced net charge-offs at an annualized rate of 2.42 percent of average total loans for the first six months of 2025, compared to 2.21 percent for the first six months of 2024, due primarily to an increase in delinquent loans, repossessions and the average amount charged-off when a loan was uncollectable. At June 30, 2025, total delinquent loans as a percentage of total loans was 3.81 percent, compared to 3.90 percent at December 31, 2024, and 3.51 percent at June 30, 2024.

    The consumer finance segment, at times, offers payment deferrals as a portfolio management technique to achieve higher ultimate cash collections on select loan accounts. A significant reliance on deferrals as a means of managing collections may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio. Average amounts of payment deferrals of automobile loans on a monthly basis, which are not included in delinquent loans, were 1.73 percent and 1.74 percent of average automobile loans outstanding during the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to 1.58 percent and 1.60 percent during the same periods during 2024. The allowance for credit losses was $22.4 million at June 30, 2025 and $22.7 million at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans was 4.85 percent at June 30, 2025 compared to 4.86 percent at December 31, 2024. Management believes that the level of the allowance for credit losses is adequate to reflect the net amount expected to be collected. If loan performance deteriorates resulting in further elevated delinquencies or net charge-offs, the provision for credit losses may increase in future periods.

    Liquidity. The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors. Uninsured deposits represent an estimate of amounts above the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance coverage limit of $250,000. As of June 30, 2025, the Corporation’s uninsured deposits were approximately $677.7 million, or 30.0 percent of total deposits. Excluding intercompany cash holdings and municipal deposits, which are secured with pledged securities, amounts uninsured were approximately $536.1 million, or 23.8 percent of total deposits as of June 30, 2025. The Corporation’s liquid assets, which include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits at other banks and nonpledged securities available for sale, were $373.7 million and borrowing availability was $576.4 million as of June 30, 2025, which in total exceed uninsured deposits, excluding intercompany cash holdings and secured municipal deposits, by $414.0 million as of June 30, 2025.

    In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term and long-term borrowings as sources of funds. Short-term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) may be used to fund the Corporation’s day-to-day operations. Short-term borrowings also include securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Total borrowings increased to $146.1 million at June 30, 2025 from $122.6 million at December 31, 2024 due primarily to an increase in the Corporation’s subordinated debt, increased borrowings from the FHLB and fluctuations in balances of repurchase agreements with commercial deposit customers.

    Additional sources of liquidity available to the Corporation include cash flows from operations, loan payments and payoffs, deposit growth, maturities, calls and sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the capacity to borrow additional funds.

    Capital and Dividends.   During the second quarter of 2025, the Corporation declared a quarterly cash dividend of 46 cents per share. This dividend, which was paid to shareholders on July 1, 2025, represents a payout ratio of 19.4 percent of earnings per share for the second quarter of 2025. The Board of Directors of the Corporation continually reviews the amount of cash dividends per share and the resulting dividend payout ratio in light of changes in economic conditions, current and future capital levels and requirements, and expected future earnings.

    Total consolidated equity increased $13.9 million at June 30, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, due primarily to net income and lower unrealized losses in the market value of securities available for sale, which are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income, partially offset by dividends paid on the Corporation’s common stock. The Corporation’s securities available for sale are fixed income debt securities and their unrealized loss position is a result of increased market interest rates since they were purchased. The Corporation expects to recover its investments in debt securities through scheduled payments of principal and interest. Unrealized losses are not expected to affect the earnings or regulatory capital of the Corporation or C&F Bank. The accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the Corporation’s securities available for sale, net of deferred income taxes, decreased to $19.9 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $23.7 million at December 31, 2024 due primarily to fluctuations in debt security market interest rates and a decrease in the balance of securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position as a result of maturities, calls and paydowns.

    As of June 30, 2025, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized C&F Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized under regulations applicable at June 30, 2025, C&F Bank was required to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, CET1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios. In addition to the regulatory risk-based capital requirements, C&F Bank must maintain a capital conservation buffer of additional capital of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets as required by the Basel III capital rules. The Corporation and C&F Bank exceeded these ratios at June 30, 2025. For additional information, see “Capital Ratios” below. The above mentioned ratios are not impacted by unrealized losses on securities available for sale. In the event that all of these unrealized losses become realized into earnings, the Corporation and C&F Bank would both continue to exceed minimum capital requirements, including the capital conservation buffer, and be considered well capitalized.

    The Corporation has a share repurchase program that was authorized by the Board of Directors to repurchase up to $5.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock, effective January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025 (the 2025 Repurchase Program). During the second quarter of 2025, the Corporation did not make any repurchases of its common stock under the 2025 Repurchase Program.

    About C&F Financial Corporation. The Corporation’s common stock is listed for trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol CFFI. The common stock closed at a price of $69.18 per share on July 23, 2025. At June 30, 2025, the book value per share of the Corporation was $74.21 and the tangible book value per share was $66.12. For more information about the Corporation’s tangible book value per share, which is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below.

    C&F Bank operates 31 banking offices and five commercial loan offices located throughout Virginia and offers full wealth management services through its subsidiary C&F Wealth Management, Inc. C&F Mortgage Corporation and its subsidiary C&F Select LLC provide mortgage loan origination services through offices located in Virginia and the surrounding states. C&F Finance Company provides automobile, marine and recreational vehicle loans through indirect lending programs offered primarily in the Mid-Atlantic, Midwest and Southern United States from its headquarters in Henrico, Virginia.

    Additional information regarding the Corporation’s products and services, as well as access to its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), are available on the Corporation’s website at http://www.cffc.com.

    Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures. The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to GAAP in the United States and prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, certain non-GAAP measures are used by management to supplement the evaluation of the Corporation’s performance. These may include adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per share, adjusted return on average equity, adjusted return on average assets, return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE), adjusted ROTCE, tangible book value per share, price to tangible book value ratio, and the following fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) measures: interest income on loans-FTE, interest income on securities-FTE, total interest income-FTE and net interest income-FTE. Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield as if income taxes were paid) using the federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent that was applicable for all periods presented.

    Management believes that the use of these non-GAAP measures provides meaningful information about operating performance by enhancing comparability with other financial periods, other financial institutions, and between different sources of interest income. The non-GAAP measures used by management enhance comparability by excluding the effects of balances of intangible assets, including goodwill, that vary significantly between institutions, and tax benefits that are not consistent across different opportunities for investment. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to, or more important than, GAAP-basis financial statements, and other bank holding companies may define or calculate these or similar measures differently. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures used by the Corporation to evaluate and measure the Corporation’s performance to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is presented below.

    Forward-Looking Statements.   This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of the Corporation’s management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, the Corporation’s management, and reflect management’s current views with respect to certain events that could have an impact on the Corporation’s future financial performance. These statements, including without limitation statements made in Mr. Cherry’s quote and statements regarding future interest rates and conditions in the Corporation’s industries and markets, relate to expectations concerning matters that are not historical fact, may express “belief,” “intention,” “expectation,” “potential” and similar expressions, and may use the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “target,” “should,” “could,” or similar expressions. These statements are inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurance that the underlying assumptions will prove to be accurate. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied by such statements. Forward-looking statements in this release may include, without limitation, statements regarding expected future operations and financial performance, expected trends in yields on loans, expected future recovery of investments in debt securities, future dividend payments, deposit trends, charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in cost of funds and net interest margin and items affecting net interest margin, strategic business initiatives and the anticipated effects thereof, changes in interest rates and the effects thereof on net interest income, mortgage loan originations, expectations regarding C&F Bank’s regulatory risk-based capital requirement levels, technology initiatives, our diversified business strategy, asset quality, credit quality, adequacy of allowances for credit losses and the level of future charge-offs, market interest rates and housing inventory and resulting effects in mortgage loan origination volume, sources of liquidity, adequacy of the reserve for indemnification losses related to loans sold in the secondary market, the effect of future market and industry trends, the effects of future interest rate fluctuations, cybersecurity risks, and inflation. Factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but are not limited to, changes in:

    • interest rates, such as volatility in short-term interest rates or yields on U.S. Treasury bonds, fluctuations in interest rates following actions by the Federal Reserve and increases or volatility in mortgage interest rates
    • general business conditions, as well as conditions within the financial markets
    • general economic conditions, including unemployment levels, inflation rates, supply chain disruptions and slowdowns in economic growth
    • general market conditions, including disruptions due to pandemics or significant health hazards, severe weather conditions, natural disasters, terrorist activities, financial crises, political crises, changes in trade policy and the implementation of tariffs, war and other military conflicts or other major events, or the prospect of these events
    • average loan and securities yields and average costs of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings
    • financial services industry conditions, including bank failures or concerns involving liquidity
    • labor market conditions, including attracting, hiring, training, motivating and retaining qualified employees
    • the legislative and regulatory climate, regulatory initiatives with respect to financial institutions, products and services, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB) and the regulatory and enforcement activities of the CFPB
    • monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the FDIC, U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the effect of these policies on interest rates and business in our markets
    • demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market areas
    • the value of securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolios
    • the quality or composition of the loan portfolios and the value of the collateral securing those loans
    • the inventory level, demand and fluctuations in the pricing of used automobiles, including sales prices of repossessed vehicles
    • the level of automobile loan delinquencies or defaults and our ability to repossess automobiles securing delinquent automobile finance installment contracts
    • the level of net charge-offs on loans and the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses
    • the level of indemnification losses related to mortgage loans sold
    • demand for loan products
    • deposit flows
    • the strength of the Corporation’s counterparties
    • the availability of lines of credit from the FHLB and other counterparties
    • the soundness of other financial institutions and any indirect exposure related to the closing of other financial institutions and their impact on the broader market through other customers, suppliers and partners, or that the conditions which resulted in the liquidity concerns experienced by closed financial institutions may also adversely impact, directly or indirectly, other financial institutions and market participants with which the Corporation has commercial or deposit relationships
    • competition from both banks and non-banks, including competition in the automobile finance and marine and recreational vehicle finance markets
    • services provided by, or the level of the Corporation’s reliance upon third parties for key services
    • the commercial and residential real estate markets, including changes in property values
    • the demand for residential mortgages and conditions in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets
    • the Corporation’s technology initiatives and other strategic initiatives
    • the Corporation’s branch expansion, relocation and consolidation plans
    • cyber threats, attacks or events
    • C&F Bank’s product offerings
    • accounting principles, policies and guidelines, and elections made by the Corporation thereunder.

    These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained herein, and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. For additional information on risk factors that could affect the forward-looking statements contained herein, see the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other reports filed with the SEC. The Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

       
    C&F Financial CorporationSelected Financial Information
    (dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
    (unaudited)    		  
       
    Financial Condition   6/30/2025    12/31/2024    6/30/2024  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   $ 62,289   $ 49,423   $ 28,433  
    Investment securities – available for sale, at fair value     434,506     418,625     404,758  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     44,757     20,112     33,716  
    Loans, net:                    
    Community Banking segment     1,513,082     1,436,226     1,369,912  
    Consumer Finance segment     439,005     444,085     454,921  
    Total assets     2,686,392     2,563,374     2,492,100  
    Deposits     2,256,314     2,170,860     2,106,062  
    Repurchase agreements     20,642     28,994     25,047  
    Other borrowings     125,493     93,615     93,753  
    Total equity     240,916     226,970     219,099  
                                     
        For The     For The  
        Quarter Ended     Six Months Ended  
    Results of Operations   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Interest income   $ 37,407       $ 34,312     $ 73,395       $ 67,020  
    Interest expense     10,899         10,484       21,877         20,034  
    Provision for credit losses:                                
    Community Banking segment     (300 )       450       (200 )       950  
    Consumer Finance segment     2,400         2,100       5,300         5,100  
    Noninterest income:                                
    Gains on sales of loans     2,458         1,701       4,305         2,989  
    Other     7,390         5,623       13,116         11,827  
    Noninterest expenses:                                
    Salaries and employee benefits     14,846         13,452       28,329         27,704  
    Other     9,784         8,921       19,360         17,819  
    Income tax expense     1,859         1,195       2,988         1,760  
    Net income     7,767         5,034       13,162         8,469  
                                     
    Fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) amounts1                                
    Interest income on loans-FTE     33,768         31,460       66,196         61,096  
    Interest income on securities-FTE     3,530         2,977       6,876         6,075  
    Total interest income-FTE     37,711         34,600       73,987         67,593  
    Net interest income-FTE     26,812         24,116       52,110         47,559  

    ________________________
    1For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                                       
        For the Quarter Ended  
          6/30/2025      6/30/2024     
        Average      Income/      Yield/   Average      Income/      Yield/  
    Yield Analysis   Balance     Expense     Rate   Balance     Expense     Rate  
    Assets                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Community banking segment   $ 1,499,272     $ 20,893   5.59 % $ 1,359,703     $ 18,543   5.48 %
    Mortgage banking segment     45,948       731   6.38     34,240       533   6.26  
    Consumer finance segment     464,193       12,144   10.49     478,296       12,384   10.41  
    Total loans     2,009,413       33,768   6.74     1,872,239       31,460   6.76  
    Securities:                                  
    Taxable     342,023       2,325   2.72     337,050       1,857   2.20  
    Tax-exempt     120,281       1,205   4.01     119,626       1,120   3.75  
    Total securities     462,304       3,530   3.05     456,676       2,977   2.61  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     48,237       413   3.43     23,239       163   2.82  
    Total earning assets     2,519,954       37,711   6.00     2,352,154       34,600   5.91  
    Allowance for credit losses     (41,284 )               (40,837 )            
    Total non-earning assets     157,307                 153,002              
    Total assets   $ 2,635,977               $ 2,464,319              
                                       
    Liabilities and Equity                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 312,905       476   0.61   $ 321,070       476   0.60  
    Savings and money market deposit accounts     522,453       1,530   1.17     474,613       1,074   0.91  
    Certificates of deposit     830,425       7,547   3.65     751,973       7,700   4.12  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,665,783       9,553   2.30     1,547,656       9,250   2.40  
    Borrowings:                                  
    Repurchase agreements     23,920       85   1.43     25,113       97   1.55  
    Other borrowings     99,162       1,261   5.09     100,633       1,137   4.52  
    Total borrowings     123,082       1,346   4.38     125,746       1,234   3.93  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,788,865       10,899   2.44     1,673,402       10,484   2.52  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     568,372                 529,608              
    Other liabilities     40,917                 45,023              
    Total liabilities     2,398,154                 2,248,033              
    Equity     237,823                 216,286              
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,635,977               $ 2,464,319              
    Net interest income         $ 26,812             $ 24,116      
    Interest rate spread               3.56 %             3.39 %
    Interest expense to average earning assets               1.73 %             1.79 %
    Net interest margin               4.27 %             4.12 %
                                       
        For the Six Months Ended  
          6/30/2025      6/30/2024     
        Average      Income/      Yield/   Average      Income/      Yield/  
    Yield Analysis   Balance     Expense     Rate   Balance     Expense     Rate  
    Assets                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Community banking segment   $ 1,483,501     $ 40,858   5.55 % $ 1,330,981     $ 35,874   5.42 %
    Mortgage banking segment     33,527       1,071   6.44     25,970       814   6.30  
    Consumer finance segment     464,856       24,267   10.53     476,072       24,408   10.31  
    Total loans     1,981,884       66,196   6.74     1,833,023       61,096   6.70  
    Securities:                                  
    Taxable     340,744       4,518   2.65     351,146       3,837   2.19  
    Tax-exempt     119,661       2,358   3.94     120,274       2,238   3.72  
    Total securities     460,405       6,876   2.99     471,420       6,075   2.58  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     52,012       915   3.55     25,828       422   3.29  
    Total earning assets     2,494,301       73,987   5.98     2,330,271       67,593   5.83  
    Allowance for credit losses     (40,947 )               (40,565 )            
    Total non-earning assets     155,937                 154,902              
    Total assets   $ 2,609,291               $ 2,444,608              
                                       
    Liabilities and Equity                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 322,569       1,076   0.67   $ 328,320       1,029   0.63  
    Savings and money market deposit accounts     505,926       2,735   1.09     479,629       2,135   0.90  
    Certificates of deposit     826,211       15,511   3.79     728,570       14,616   4.03  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,654,706       19,322   2.35     1,536,519       17,780   2.33  
    Borrowings:                                  
    Repurchase agreements     26,044       198   1.53     26,555       208   1.57  
    Other borrowings     96,394       2,357   4.89     89,539       2,046   4.57  
    Total borrowings     122,438       2,555   4.18     116,094       2,254   3.88  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,777,144       21,877   2.48     1,652,613       20,034   2.44  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     556,923                 530,747              
    Other liabilities     40,896                 44,573              
    Total liabilities     2,374,963                 2,227,933              
    Equity     234,328                 216,675              
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,609,291               $ 2,444,608              
    Net interest income         $ 52,110             $ 47,559      
    Interest rate spread               3.50 %             3.39 %
    Interest expense to average earning assets               1.77 %             1.73 %
    Net interest margin               4.21 %             4.10 %
                       
        6/30/2025
    Funding Sources    Capacity      Outstanding      Available
    Unsecured federal funds agreements   $ 75,000   $ —   $ 75,000
    Borrowings from FHLB     267,278     52,000     215,278
    Borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank     286,137     —     286,137
    Total   $ 628,415   $ 52,000   $ 576,415
                     
    Asset Quality   6/30/2025     12/31/2024  
    Community Banking                
    Total loans   $ 1,530,275     $ 1,453,605  
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 1,075     $ 333  
                     
    Allowance for credit losses (ACL)   $ 17,193     $ 17,379  
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans     0.07 %     0.02 %
    ACL to total loans     1.12 %     1.20 %
    ACL to nonaccrual loans     1,599.35 %     5,218.92 %
    Annualized year-to-date net charge-offs to average loans     0.01 %     0.01 %
                     
    Consumer Finance                
    Total loans   $ 461,390     $ 466,793  
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 697     $ 614  
    Repossessed assets   $ 925     $ 779  
    ACL   $ 22,385     $ 22,708  
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans     0.15 %     0.13 %
    ACL to total loans     4.85 %     4.86 %
    ACL to nonaccrual loans     3,211.62 %     3,698.37 %
    Annualized year-to-date net charge-offs to average loans     2.42 %     2.62 %
                                     
        For The     For The  
        Quarter Ended     Six Months Ended  
    Other Performance Data   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Net Income (Loss):                                
    Community Banking   $ 7,116       $ 4,571       $ 12,561       $ 8,583    
    Mortgage Banking     985         376         1,416         670    
    Consumer Finance     539         894         765         831    
    Other1     (873 )       (807 )       (1,580 )       (1,615 )  
    Total   $ 7,767       $ 5,034       $ 13,162       $ 8,469    
                                     
    Net income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 7,691       $ 5,007       $ 13,059       $ 8,408    
                                     
    Earnings per share – basic and diluted   $ 2.37       $ 1.50       $ 4.03       $ 2.50    
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted     3,238,765         3,343,192         3,236,849         3,357,063    
                                     
    Annualized return on average assets     1.18   %     0.82   %     1.01   %     0.69   %
    Annualized return on average equity     13.06   %     9.31   %     11.23   %     7.82   %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity2     14.70   %     10.72   %     12.72   %     9.01   %
    Dividends declared per share   $ 0.46       $ 0.44       $ 0.92       $ 0.88    
                                     
    Mortgage loan originations – Mortgage Banking   $ 213,523       $ 146,010       $ 327,273       $ 240,356    
    Mortgage loans sold – Mortgage Banking     196,878         135,227         303,309         221,306    

    ________________________
    1 Includes results of the holding company that are not allocated to the business segments and elimination of inter-segment activity.
    2 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                   
    Market Ratios   6/30/2025     12/31/2024
    Market value per share   $ 61.73     $ 71.25
    Book value per share   $ 74.21     $ 70.00
    Price to book value ratio     0.83       1.02
    Tangible book value per share1   $ 66.12     $ 61.86
    Price to tangible book value ratio1     0.93       1.15
    Price to earnings ratio (ttm)     8.17       11.86

    ________________________
    1 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                         
                         
                    Minimum Capital
    Capital Ratios   6/30/2025   12/31/2024   Requirements3
    C&F Financial Corporation1                    
    Total risk-based capital ratio     15.0 %   14.1 %   8.0 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     12.0 %   11.9 %   6.0 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio     10.8 %   10.7 %   4.5 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio     10.0 %   9.8 %   4.0 %
                         
    C&F Bank2                    
    Total risk-based capital ratio     14.8 %   13.5 %   8.0 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     13.6 %   12.3 %   6.0 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio     13.6 %   12.3 %   4.5 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio     11.3 %   10.1 %   4.0 %

    ________________________
    1   The Corporation, a small bank holding company under applicable regulations and guidance, is not subject to the minimum regulatory capital regulations for bank holding companies. The regulatory requirements that apply to bank holding companies that are subject to regulatory capital requirements are presented above, along with the Corporation’s capital ratios as determined under those regulations.
    2   All ratios at June 30, 2025 are estimates and subject to change pending regulatory filings. All ratios at December 31, 2024 are presented as filed.
    3   The ratios presented for minimum capital requirements are those to be considered adequately capitalized.

                                     
        For The Quarter Ended     For The Six Months Ended  
        6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures                        
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity                                
    Average total equity, as reported   $ 237,823       $ 216,286       $ 234,328       $ 216,675    
    Average goodwill     (25,191 )       (25,191 )       (25,191 )       (25,191 )  
    Average other intangible assets     (1,045 )       (1,301 )       (1,081 )       (1,333 )  
    Average noncontrolling interest     (652 )       (602 )       (696 )       (656 )  
    Average tangible common equity   $ 210,935       $ 189,192       $ 207,360       $ 189,495    
                                     
    Net income   $ 7,767       $ 5,034       $ 13,162       $ 8,469    
    Amortization of intangibles     63         65         125         130    
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest     (76 )       (27 )       (103 )       (61 )  
    Net tangible income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 7,754       $ 5,072       $ 13,184       $ 8,538    
                                     
    Annualized return on average equity, as reported     13.06   %     9.31   %     11.23   %     7.82   %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity     14.70   %     10.72   %     12.72   %     9.01   %
                                   
        For The Quarter Ended     For The Six Months Ended
        6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024
    Fully Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income1                              
    Interest income on loans   $ 33,716     $ 31,407     $ 66,098     $ 60,993
    FTE adjustment     52       53       98       103
    FTE interest income on loans   $ 33,768     $ 31,460     $ 66,196     $ 61,096
                                   
    Interest income on securities   $ 3,278     $ 2,742     $ 6,382     $ 5,605
    FTE adjustment     252       235       494       470
    FTE interest income on securities   $ 3,530     $ 2,977     $ 6,876     $ 6,075
                                   
    Total interest income   $ 37,407     $ 34,312     $ 73,395     $ 67,020
    FTE adjustment     304       288       592       573
    FTE interest income   $ 37,711     $ 34,600     $ 73,987     $ 67,593
                                   
    Net interest income   $ 26,508     $ 23,828     $ 51,518     $ 46,986
    FTE adjustment     304       288       592       573
    FTE net interest income   $ 26,812     $ 24,116     $ 52,110     $ 47,559

    ____________________
    1 Assuming a tax rate of 21%.

                   
        6/30/2025     12/31/2024
    Tangible Book Value Per Share          
    Equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 240,313       $ 226,360  
    Goodwill     (25,191 )       (25,191 )
    Other intangible assets     (1,022 )       (1,147 )
    Tangible equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 214,100       $ 200,022  
                   
    Shares outstanding     3,238,085         3,233,672  
                   
    Book value per share   $ 74.21       $ 70.00  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 66.12       $ 61.86  
       
       
    Contact: Jason Long, CFO and Secretary
      (804) 843-2360

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: C&F Financial Corporation Announces Net Income for Second Quarter and First Six Months

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TOANO, Va., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — C&F Financial Corporation (the Corporation) (NASDAQ: CFFI), the holding company for C&F Bank, today reported consolidated net income of $7.8 million for the second quarter of 2025, an increase of 54.3 percent compared to $5.0 million for the second quarter of 2024. The Corporation reported consolidated net income of $13.2 million for the first six months of 2025, an increase of 55.4 percent compared to $8.5 million for the first six months of 2024. The following table presents selected financial performance highlights for the periods indicated:

                                     
        For The Quarter Ended     For the Six Months Ended  
    Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited)   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Consolidated net income (000’s)   $ 7,767     $ 5,034     $ 13,162     $ 8,469  
                                     
    Earnings per share – basic and diluted   $ 2.37     $ 1.50     $ 4.03     $ 2.50  
                                     
    Annualized return on average assets     1.18 %     0.82 %     1.01 %     0.69 %
    Annualized return on average equity     13.06 %     9.31 %     11.23 %     7.82 %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity1     14.70 %     10.72 %     12.72 %     9.01 %

    ________________________
    1 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below.

    “We are very pleased with our strong second-quarter earnings,” said Tom Cherry, President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Financial Corporation. “Our community banking segment delivered impressive loan and deposit growth, while our mortgage banking segment saw increased loan originations. Despite continued competition for auto loans, we are encouraged by the progress of our operational efficiency initiatives and ongoing technology investments at the consumer finance segment.

    Looking ahead, we’re optimistic about the second half of the year. In addition to the continued organic loan and deposit growth we expect at the community banking segment, we are excited about our recent expansion into Southwest Virginia. This strategic move extends our presence into key markets—including Roanoke, Lynchburg, Danville, Martinsville and Blacksburg—and reinforces our position as a leading community bank serving the Commonwealth of Virginia.”

    Key highlights for the second quarter and first six months of 2025 are as follows.

    • Community banking segment loans grew $76.7 million, or 10.6 percent annualized, and $143.4 million, or 10.3 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Consumer finance segment loans decreased $5.4 million, or 2.3 percent annualized, and $17.0 million, or 3.5 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Deposits increased $85.5 million, or 7.9 percent annualized, and $150.3 million, or 7.1 percent, compared to December 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively;
    • Consolidated annualized net interest margin was 4.27 percent for the second quarter of 2025 compared to 4.12 percent for the second quarter of 2024 and 4.16 percent in the first quarter of 2025;
    • The community banking segment recorded a net reversal of provision for credit losses of $300,000 and a provision for credit losses of $450,000 for the second quarters of 2025 and 2024, respectively, and recorded a net reversal of provision for credit losses of $200,000 and a provision for credit losses of $950,000 for the first six months of 2025 and 2024, respectively;
    • The consumer finance segment recorded provision for credit losses of $2.4 million and $2.1 million for the second quarters of 2025 and 2024, respectively, and recorded provision for credit losses of $5.3 million and $5.1 million for the first six months of 2025 and 2024, respectively;
    • The consumer finance segment experienced net charge-offs at an annualized rate of 2.42 percent of average total loans for the first six months of 2025, compared to 2.21 percent for the first six months of 2024 and an annualized rate of 2.19 percent for the second quarter of 2025 compared to 2.64 percent for the first quarter of 2025;
    • Mortgage banking segment loan originations increased $67.5 million, or 46.2 percent, to $213.5 million for the second quarter of 2025 compared to the second quarter of 2024 and increased $99.8 million, or 87.7 percent compared to the first quarter of 2025; and
    • The Corporation issued new subordinated notes with aggregate principal of $40.0 million on June 6, 2025. Concurrently, the Corporation repurchased previously issued subordinated notes with aggregate principal of $20.0 million.

    Community Banking Segment. The community banking segment reported net income of $7.1 million and $12.6 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to $4.6 million and $8.6 million for the same periods of 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher interest income resulting from higher average balances of loans and the effects of higher average interest rates on asset yields; and
    • lower provision for credit losses due primarily to the resolution of a nonperforming commercial real estate loan that had carried a specific reserve, partially offset by provision related to loan growth;

    partially offset by:

    • higher interest expense due primarily to higher average balances of interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower average rates on deposits; and
    • higher marketing and advertising expenses related to the Corporation’s strategic marketing initiative, which began in the second half of 2024.

    Average loans increased $139.6 million, or 10.3 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and increased $152.5 million, or 11.5 percent, for the first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, due primarily to growth in the construction, construction real estate and land acquisition and development segments of the loan portfolio. Average deposits increased $156.9 million, or 7.6 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and increased $144.4 million, or 7.0 percent, for the first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods in 2024, due primarily to higher balances of time deposits, noninterest-bearing demand deposits and saving and money market deposit accounts.

    Average interest-earning asset yields were higher for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to the same periods of 2024, due primarily to a shift in the mix of the loan portfolio towards higher-yielding loans, renewals of fixed rate loans originated during periods of lower interest rates and purchases of securities available for sale in the overall higher interest rate environment. Average costs of interest-bearing deposits were lower for the second quarter of 2025, compared to the second quarter of 2024 due primarily to decreases in interest rates paid on time deposits. Average costs of interest-bearing deposits were higher for the first six months of 2025, compared to the first six months of 2024, due primarily to the continued effects of a shift in the mix of deposits to higher cost time deposits, partially offset by decreases in interest rates paid on time deposits.

    The community banking segment’s nonaccrual loans were $1.1 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $333,000 at December 31, 2024. The increase in nonaccrual loans compared to December 31, 2024 is due primarily to the downgrade of one residential mortgage relationship in the first quarter of 2025. The community banking segment recorded net reversals of provision for credit losses of $300,000 and $200,000 for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to provision for credit losses of $450,000 and $950,000 for the same periods of 2024. At June 30, 2025, the allowance for credit losses decreased to $17.2 million, compared to $17.4 million at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans decreased to 1.12 percent at June 30, 2025 from 1.20 percent at December 31, 2024. These decreases are due primarily to the resolution of a nonperforming commercial real estate loan that had carried a specific reserve and growth in loans with shorter expected lives, which resulted in lower estimated losses over the life of the loan, partially offset by growth in the loan portfolio and changes in the forecast of key credit loss model assumptions. Management believes that the level of the allowance for credit losses is adequate to reflect the net amount expected to be collected.

    Mortgage Banking Segment. The mortgage banking segment reported net income of $985,000 and $1.4 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to $376,000 and $670,000 for the same periods of 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher gains on sales of loans and higher mortgage banking fee income due to higher volume of mortgage loan originations; and
    • higher mortgage lender services fee income;

    partially offset by:

    • higher variable expenses tied to mortgage loan origination volume such as commissions and bonuses, reported in salaries and employee benefits; and
    • lower reversal of provision for indemnifications.

    Despite the sustained elevated level of mortgage interest rates, higher home prices and low levels of inventory, mortgage banking segment loan originations increased 46.2 percent and 36.2 percent for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods of 2024. Mortgage loan originations for the mortgage banking segment were $213.5 million for the second quarter of 2025, comprised of $197.2 million home purchases and $16.3 million refinancings, compared to $146.0 million, comprised of $134.3 million home purchases and $11.7 million refinancings, for the same period in 2024. Mortgage loan originations for the mortgage banking segment were $327.3 million for the first six months of 2025, comprised of $298.9 million home purchases and $28.4 million refinancings, compared to $240.4 million, comprised of $221.1 million home purchases and $19.3 million refinancings, for the same period in 2024. Mortgage loan originations in the second quarter of 2025 increased $99.8 million compared to the first quarter of 2025 due in part to normal industry seasonal fluctuations. Mortgage loan segment originations include originations of loans sold to the community banking segment, at prices similar to those paid by third-party investors. These transactions are eliminated to reach consolidated totals.

    During the second quarter and first six months of 2025, the mortgage banking segment recorded a reversal of provision for indemnification losses of $35,000 and $60,000, respectively, compared to a reversal of provision for indemnification losses of $135,000 and $275,000 in the same periods of 2024. The allowance for indemnifications was $1.29 million and $1.35 million at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The release of indemnification reserves in 2025 and 2024 was due primarily to lower volume of mortgage loan originations in recent years, improvement in the mortgage banking segment’s assessment of borrower payment performance and other factors affecting expected losses on mortgage loans sold in the secondary market, such as time since origination. The releases in 2025 decreased compared to the same periods in 2024 due primarily to the increased mortgage loan originations in 2025 compared to 2024. Management believes that the indemnification reserve is sufficient to absorb losses related to loans that have been sold in the secondary market.

    Consumer Finance Segment.   The consumer finance segment reported net income of $539,000 and $765,000 for the second quarter and first six months of 2025, compared to $894,000 and $831,000 for the same periods in 2024, due primarily to:

    • higher provision for credit losses due primarily to higher net charge-offs; and
    • lower interest income resulting from lower average balances of loans, partially offset by higher loan yields;

    partially offset by:

    • lower interest expense allocation on borrowings from the community banking segment as a result of lower average balances of borrowings; and
    • lower salaries and employee benefits expense due to an effort to reduce overhead costs.

    Average loans decreased $14.1 million, or 2.9 percent, for the second quarter of 2025 and decreased $11.2 million, or 2.4 percent, for the first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2024. The consumer finance segment experienced net charge-offs at an annualized rate of 2.42 percent of average total loans for the first six months of 2025, compared to 2.21 percent for the first six months of 2024, due primarily to an increase in delinquent loans, repossessions and the average amount charged-off when a loan was uncollectable. At June 30, 2025, total delinquent loans as a percentage of total loans was 3.81 percent, compared to 3.90 percent at December 31, 2024, and 3.51 percent at June 30, 2024.

    The consumer finance segment, at times, offers payment deferrals as a portfolio management technique to achieve higher ultimate cash collections on select loan accounts. A significant reliance on deferrals as a means of managing collections may result in a lengthening of the loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio. Average amounts of payment deferrals of automobile loans on a monthly basis, which are not included in delinquent loans, were 1.73 percent and 1.74 percent of average automobile loans outstanding during the second quarter and first six months of 2025, respectively, compared to 1.58 percent and 1.60 percent during the same periods during 2024. The allowance for credit losses was $22.4 million at June 30, 2025 and $22.7 million at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans was 4.85 percent at June 30, 2025 compared to 4.86 percent at December 31, 2024. Management believes that the level of the allowance for credit losses is adequate to reflect the net amount expected to be collected. If loan performance deteriorates resulting in further elevated delinquencies or net charge-offs, the provision for credit losses may increase in future periods.

    Liquidity. The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors. Uninsured deposits represent an estimate of amounts above the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance coverage limit of $250,000. As of June 30, 2025, the Corporation’s uninsured deposits were approximately $677.7 million, or 30.0 percent of total deposits. Excluding intercompany cash holdings and municipal deposits, which are secured with pledged securities, amounts uninsured were approximately $536.1 million, or 23.8 percent of total deposits as of June 30, 2025. The Corporation’s liquid assets, which include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits at other banks and nonpledged securities available for sale, were $373.7 million and borrowing availability was $576.4 million as of June 30, 2025, which in total exceed uninsured deposits, excluding intercompany cash holdings and secured municipal deposits, by $414.0 million as of June 30, 2025.

    In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term and long-term borrowings as sources of funds. Short-term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) may be used to fund the Corporation’s day-to-day operations. Short-term borrowings also include securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Total borrowings increased to $146.1 million at June 30, 2025 from $122.6 million at December 31, 2024 due primarily to an increase in the Corporation’s subordinated debt, increased borrowings from the FHLB and fluctuations in balances of repurchase agreements with commercial deposit customers.

    Additional sources of liquidity available to the Corporation include cash flows from operations, loan payments and payoffs, deposit growth, maturities, calls and sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the capacity to borrow additional funds.

    Capital and Dividends.   During the second quarter of 2025, the Corporation declared a quarterly cash dividend of 46 cents per share. This dividend, which was paid to shareholders on July 1, 2025, represents a payout ratio of 19.4 percent of earnings per share for the second quarter of 2025. The Board of Directors of the Corporation continually reviews the amount of cash dividends per share and the resulting dividend payout ratio in light of changes in economic conditions, current and future capital levels and requirements, and expected future earnings.

    Total consolidated equity increased $13.9 million at June 30, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, due primarily to net income and lower unrealized losses in the market value of securities available for sale, which are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income, partially offset by dividends paid on the Corporation’s common stock. The Corporation’s securities available for sale are fixed income debt securities and their unrealized loss position is a result of increased market interest rates since they were purchased. The Corporation expects to recover its investments in debt securities through scheduled payments of principal and interest. Unrealized losses are not expected to affect the earnings or regulatory capital of the Corporation or C&F Bank. The accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the Corporation’s securities available for sale, net of deferred income taxes, decreased to $19.9 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $23.7 million at December 31, 2024 due primarily to fluctuations in debt security market interest rates and a decrease in the balance of securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position as a result of maturities, calls and paydowns.

    As of June 30, 2025, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized C&F Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized under regulations applicable at June 30, 2025, C&F Bank was required to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, CET1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios. In addition to the regulatory risk-based capital requirements, C&F Bank must maintain a capital conservation buffer of additional capital of 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets as required by the Basel III capital rules. The Corporation and C&F Bank exceeded these ratios at June 30, 2025. For additional information, see “Capital Ratios” below. The above mentioned ratios are not impacted by unrealized losses on securities available for sale. In the event that all of these unrealized losses become realized into earnings, the Corporation and C&F Bank would both continue to exceed minimum capital requirements, including the capital conservation buffer, and be considered well capitalized.

    The Corporation has a share repurchase program that was authorized by the Board of Directors to repurchase up to $5.0 million of the Corporation’s common stock, effective January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025 (the 2025 Repurchase Program). During the second quarter of 2025, the Corporation did not make any repurchases of its common stock under the 2025 Repurchase Program.

    About C&F Financial Corporation. The Corporation’s common stock is listed for trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol CFFI. The common stock closed at a price of $69.18 per share on July 23, 2025. At June 30, 2025, the book value per share of the Corporation was $74.21 and the tangible book value per share was $66.12. For more information about the Corporation’s tangible book value per share, which is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” below.

    C&F Bank operates 31 banking offices and five commercial loan offices located throughout Virginia and offers full wealth management services through its subsidiary C&F Wealth Management, Inc. C&F Mortgage Corporation and its subsidiary C&F Select LLC provide mortgage loan origination services through offices located in Virginia and the surrounding states. C&F Finance Company provides automobile, marine and recreational vehicle loans through indirect lending programs offered primarily in the Mid-Atlantic, Midwest and Southern United States from its headquarters in Henrico, Virginia.

    Additional information regarding the Corporation’s products and services, as well as access to its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), are available on the Corporation’s website at http://www.cffc.com.

    Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures. The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to GAAP in the United States and prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, certain non-GAAP measures are used by management to supplement the evaluation of the Corporation’s performance. These may include adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per share, adjusted return on average equity, adjusted return on average assets, return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE), adjusted ROTCE, tangible book value per share, price to tangible book value ratio, and the following fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) measures: interest income on loans-FTE, interest income on securities-FTE, total interest income-FTE and net interest income-FTE. Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield as if income taxes were paid) using the federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent that was applicable for all periods presented.

    Management believes that the use of these non-GAAP measures provides meaningful information about operating performance by enhancing comparability with other financial periods, other financial institutions, and between different sources of interest income. The non-GAAP measures used by management enhance comparability by excluding the effects of balances of intangible assets, including goodwill, that vary significantly between institutions, and tax benefits that are not consistent across different opportunities for investment. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to, or more important than, GAAP-basis financial statements, and other bank holding companies may define or calculate these or similar measures differently. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures used by the Corporation to evaluate and measure the Corporation’s performance to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is presented below.

    Forward-Looking Statements.   This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of the Corporation’s management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, the Corporation’s management, and reflect management’s current views with respect to certain events that could have an impact on the Corporation’s future financial performance. These statements, including without limitation statements made in Mr. Cherry’s quote and statements regarding future interest rates and conditions in the Corporation’s industries and markets, relate to expectations concerning matters that are not historical fact, may express “belief,” “intention,” “expectation,” “potential” and similar expressions, and may use the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “target,” “should,” “could,” or similar expressions. These statements are inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurance that the underlying assumptions will prove to be accurate. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied by such statements. Forward-looking statements in this release may include, without limitation, statements regarding expected future operations and financial performance, expected trends in yields on loans, expected future recovery of investments in debt securities, future dividend payments, deposit trends, charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in cost of funds and net interest margin and items affecting net interest margin, strategic business initiatives and the anticipated effects thereof, changes in interest rates and the effects thereof on net interest income, mortgage loan originations, expectations regarding C&F Bank’s regulatory risk-based capital requirement levels, technology initiatives, our diversified business strategy, asset quality, credit quality, adequacy of allowances for credit losses and the level of future charge-offs, market interest rates and housing inventory and resulting effects in mortgage loan origination volume, sources of liquidity, adequacy of the reserve for indemnification losses related to loans sold in the secondary market, the effect of future market and industry trends, the effects of future interest rate fluctuations, cybersecurity risks, and inflation. Factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but are not limited to, changes in:

    • interest rates, such as volatility in short-term interest rates or yields on U.S. Treasury bonds, fluctuations in interest rates following actions by the Federal Reserve and increases or volatility in mortgage interest rates
    • general business conditions, as well as conditions within the financial markets
    • general economic conditions, including unemployment levels, inflation rates, supply chain disruptions and slowdowns in economic growth
    • general market conditions, including disruptions due to pandemics or significant health hazards, severe weather conditions, natural disasters, terrorist activities, financial crises, political crises, changes in trade policy and the implementation of tariffs, war and other military conflicts or other major events, or the prospect of these events
    • average loan and securities yields and average costs of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings
    • financial services industry conditions, including bank failures or concerns involving liquidity
    • labor market conditions, including attracting, hiring, training, motivating and retaining qualified employees
    • the legislative and regulatory climate, regulatory initiatives with respect to financial institutions, products and services, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB) and the regulatory and enforcement activities of the CFPB
    • monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the FDIC, U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the effect of these policies on interest rates and business in our markets
    • demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market areas
    • the value of securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolios
    • the quality or composition of the loan portfolios and the value of the collateral securing those loans
    • the inventory level, demand and fluctuations in the pricing of used automobiles, including sales prices of repossessed vehicles
    • the level of automobile loan delinquencies or defaults and our ability to repossess automobiles securing delinquent automobile finance installment contracts
    • the level of net charge-offs on loans and the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses
    • the level of indemnification losses related to mortgage loans sold
    • demand for loan products
    • deposit flows
    • the strength of the Corporation’s counterparties
    • the availability of lines of credit from the FHLB and other counterparties
    • the soundness of other financial institutions and any indirect exposure related to the closing of other financial institutions and their impact on the broader market through other customers, suppliers and partners, or that the conditions which resulted in the liquidity concerns experienced by closed financial institutions may also adversely impact, directly or indirectly, other financial institutions and market participants with which the Corporation has commercial or deposit relationships
    • competition from both banks and non-banks, including competition in the automobile finance and marine and recreational vehicle finance markets
    • services provided by, or the level of the Corporation’s reliance upon third parties for key services
    • the commercial and residential real estate markets, including changes in property values
    • the demand for residential mortgages and conditions in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets
    • the Corporation’s technology initiatives and other strategic initiatives
    • the Corporation’s branch expansion, relocation and consolidation plans
    • cyber threats, attacks or events
    • C&F Bank’s product offerings
    • accounting principles, policies and guidelines, and elections made by the Corporation thereunder.

    These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained herein, and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. For additional information on risk factors that could affect the forward-looking statements contained herein, see the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other reports filed with the SEC. The Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

       
    C&F Financial CorporationSelected Financial Information
    (dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
    (unaudited)    		  
       
    Financial Condition   6/30/2025    12/31/2024    6/30/2024  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   $ 62,289   $ 49,423   $ 28,433  
    Investment securities – available for sale, at fair value     434,506     418,625     404,758  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     44,757     20,112     33,716  
    Loans, net:                    
    Community Banking segment     1,513,082     1,436,226     1,369,912  
    Consumer Finance segment     439,005     444,085     454,921  
    Total assets     2,686,392     2,563,374     2,492,100  
    Deposits     2,256,314     2,170,860     2,106,062  
    Repurchase agreements     20,642     28,994     25,047  
    Other borrowings     125,493     93,615     93,753  
    Total equity     240,916     226,970     219,099  
                                     
        For The     For The  
        Quarter Ended     Six Months Ended  
    Results of Operations   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Interest income   $ 37,407       $ 34,312     $ 73,395       $ 67,020  
    Interest expense     10,899         10,484       21,877         20,034  
    Provision for credit losses:                                
    Community Banking segment     (300 )       450       (200 )       950  
    Consumer Finance segment     2,400         2,100       5,300         5,100  
    Noninterest income:                                
    Gains on sales of loans     2,458         1,701       4,305         2,989  
    Other     7,390         5,623       13,116         11,827  
    Noninterest expenses:                                
    Salaries and employee benefits     14,846         13,452       28,329         27,704  
    Other     9,784         8,921       19,360         17,819  
    Income tax expense     1,859         1,195       2,988         1,760  
    Net income     7,767         5,034       13,162         8,469  
                                     
    Fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) amounts1                                
    Interest income on loans-FTE     33,768         31,460       66,196         61,096  
    Interest income on securities-FTE     3,530         2,977       6,876         6,075  
    Total interest income-FTE     37,711         34,600       73,987         67,593  
    Net interest income-FTE     26,812         24,116       52,110         47,559  

    ________________________
    1For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                                       
        For the Quarter Ended  
          6/30/2025      6/30/2024     
        Average      Income/      Yield/   Average      Income/      Yield/  
    Yield Analysis   Balance     Expense     Rate   Balance     Expense     Rate  
    Assets                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Community banking segment   $ 1,499,272     $ 20,893   5.59 % $ 1,359,703     $ 18,543   5.48 %
    Mortgage banking segment     45,948       731   6.38     34,240       533   6.26  
    Consumer finance segment     464,193       12,144   10.49     478,296       12,384   10.41  
    Total loans     2,009,413       33,768   6.74     1,872,239       31,460   6.76  
    Securities:                                  
    Taxable     342,023       2,325   2.72     337,050       1,857   2.20  
    Tax-exempt     120,281       1,205   4.01     119,626       1,120   3.75  
    Total securities     462,304       3,530   3.05     456,676       2,977   2.61  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     48,237       413   3.43     23,239       163   2.82  
    Total earning assets     2,519,954       37,711   6.00     2,352,154       34,600   5.91  
    Allowance for credit losses     (41,284 )               (40,837 )            
    Total non-earning assets     157,307                 153,002              
    Total assets   $ 2,635,977               $ 2,464,319              
                                       
    Liabilities and Equity                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 312,905       476   0.61   $ 321,070       476   0.60  
    Savings and money market deposit accounts     522,453       1,530   1.17     474,613       1,074   0.91  
    Certificates of deposit     830,425       7,547   3.65     751,973       7,700   4.12  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,665,783       9,553   2.30     1,547,656       9,250   2.40  
    Borrowings:                                  
    Repurchase agreements     23,920       85   1.43     25,113       97   1.55  
    Other borrowings     99,162       1,261   5.09     100,633       1,137   4.52  
    Total borrowings     123,082       1,346   4.38     125,746       1,234   3.93  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,788,865       10,899   2.44     1,673,402       10,484   2.52  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     568,372                 529,608              
    Other liabilities     40,917                 45,023              
    Total liabilities     2,398,154                 2,248,033              
    Equity     237,823                 216,286              
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,635,977               $ 2,464,319              
    Net interest income         $ 26,812             $ 24,116      
    Interest rate spread               3.56 %             3.39 %
    Interest expense to average earning assets               1.73 %             1.79 %
    Net interest margin               4.27 %             4.12 %
                                       
        For the Six Months Ended  
          6/30/2025      6/30/2024     
        Average      Income/      Yield/   Average      Income/      Yield/  
    Yield Analysis   Balance     Expense     Rate   Balance     Expense     Rate  
    Assets                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Community banking segment   $ 1,483,501     $ 40,858   5.55 % $ 1,330,981     $ 35,874   5.42 %
    Mortgage banking segment     33,527       1,071   6.44     25,970       814   6.30  
    Consumer finance segment     464,856       24,267   10.53     476,072       24,408   10.31  
    Total loans     1,981,884       66,196   6.74     1,833,023       61,096   6.70  
    Securities:                                  
    Taxable     340,744       4,518   2.65     351,146       3,837   2.19  
    Tax-exempt     119,661       2,358   3.94     120,274       2,238   3.72  
    Total securities     460,405       6,876   2.99     471,420       6,075   2.58  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     52,012       915   3.55     25,828       422   3.29  
    Total earning assets     2,494,301       73,987   5.98     2,330,271       67,593   5.83  
    Allowance for credit losses     (40,947 )               (40,565 )            
    Total non-earning assets     155,937                 154,902              
    Total assets   $ 2,609,291               $ 2,444,608              
                                       
    Liabilities and Equity                                  
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 322,569       1,076   0.67   $ 328,320       1,029   0.63  
    Savings and money market deposit accounts     505,926       2,735   1.09     479,629       2,135   0.90  
    Certificates of deposit     826,211       15,511   3.79     728,570       14,616   4.03  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,654,706       19,322   2.35     1,536,519       17,780   2.33  
    Borrowings:                                  
    Repurchase agreements     26,044       198   1.53     26,555       208   1.57  
    Other borrowings     96,394       2,357   4.89     89,539       2,046   4.57  
    Total borrowings     122,438       2,555   4.18     116,094       2,254   3.88  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,777,144       21,877   2.48     1,652,613       20,034   2.44  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     556,923                 530,747              
    Other liabilities     40,896                 44,573              
    Total liabilities     2,374,963                 2,227,933              
    Equity     234,328                 216,675              
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,609,291               $ 2,444,608              
    Net interest income         $ 52,110             $ 47,559      
    Interest rate spread               3.50 %             3.39 %
    Interest expense to average earning assets               1.77 %             1.73 %
    Net interest margin               4.21 %             4.10 %
                       
        6/30/2025
    Funding Sources    Capacity      Outstanding      Available
    Unsecured federal funds agreements   $ 75,000   $ —   $ 75,000
    Borrowings from FHLB     267,278     52,000     215,278
    Borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank     286,137     —     286,137
    Total   $ 628,415   $ 52,000   $ 576,415
                     
    Asset Quality   6/30/2025     12/31/2024  
    Community Banking                
    Total loans   $ 1,530,275     $ 1,453,605  
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 1,075     $ 333  
                     
    Allowance for credit losses (ACL)   $ 17,193     $ 17,379  
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans     0.07 %     0.02 %
    ACL to total loans     1.12 %     1.20 %
    ACL to nonaccrual loans     1,599.35 %     5,218.92 %
    Annualized year-to-date net charge-offs to average loans     0.01 %     0.01 %
                     
    Consumer Finance                
    Total loans   $ 461,390     $ 466,793  
    Nonaccrual loans   $ 697     $ 614  
    Repossessed assets   $ 925     $ 779  
    ACL   $ 22,385     $ 22,708  
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans     0.15 %     0.13 %
    ACL to total loans     4.85 %     4.86 %
    ACL to nonaccrual loans     3,211.62 %     3,698.37 %
    Annualized year-to-date net charge-offs to average loans     2.42 %     2.62 %
                                     
        For The     For The  
        Quarter Ended     Six Months Ended  
    Other Performance Data   6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Net Income (Loss):                                
    Community Banking   $ 7,116       $ 4,571       $ 12,561       $ 8,583    
    Mortgage Banking     985         376         1,416         670    
    Consumer Finance     539         894         765         831    
    Other1     (873 )       (807 )       (1,580 )       (1,615 )  
    Total   $ 7,767       $ 5,034       $ 13,162       $ 8,469    
                                     
    Net income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 7,691       $ 5,007       $ 13,059       $ 8,408    
                                     
    Earnings per share – basic and diluted   $ 2.37       $ 1.50       $ 4.03       $ 2.50    
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted     3,238,765         3,343,192         3,236,849         3,357,063    
                                     
    Annualized return on average assets     1.18   %     0.82   %     1.01   %     0.69   %
    Annualized return on average equity     13.06   %     9.31   %     11.23   %     7.82   %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity2     14.70   %     10.72   %     12.72   %     9.01   %
    Dividends declared per share   $ 0.46       $ 0.44       $ 0.92       $ 0.88    
                                     
    Mortgage loan originations – Mortgage Banking   $ 213,523       $ 146,010       $ 327,273       $ 240,356    
    Mortgage loans sold – Mortgage Banking     196,878         135,227         303,309         221,306    

    ________________________
    1 Includes results of the holding company that are not allocated to the business segments and elimination of inter-segment activity.
    2 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                   
    Market Ratios   6/30/2025     12/31/2024
    Market value per share   $ 61.73     $ 71.25
    Book value per share   $ 74.21     $ 70.00
    Price to book value ratio     0.83       1.02
    Tangible book value per share1   $ 66.12     $ 61.86
    Price to tangible book value ratio1     0.93       1.15
    Price to earnings ratio (ttm)     8.17       11.86

    ________________________
    1 For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, please see “Use of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

                         
                         
                    Minimum Capital
    Capital Ratios   6/30/2025   12/31/2024   Requirements3
    C&F Financial Corporation1                    
    Total risk-based capital ratio     15.0 %   14.1 %   8.0 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     12.0 %   11.9 %   6.0 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio     10.8 %   10.7 %   4.5 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio     10.0 %   9.8 %   4.0 %
                         
    C&F Bank2                    
    Total risk-based capital ratio     14.8 %   13.5 %   8.0 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     13.6 %   12.3 %   6.0 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio     13.6 %   12.3 %   4.5 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio     11.3 %   10.1 %   4.0 %

    ________________________
    1   The Corporation, a small bank holding company under applicable regulations and guidance, is not subject to the minimum regulatory capital regulations for bank holding companies. The regulatory requirements that apply to bank holding companies that are subject to regulatory capital requirements are presented above, along with the Corporation’s capital ratios as determined under those regulations.
    2   All ratios at June 30, 2025 are estimates and subject to change pending regulatory filings. All ratios at December 31, 2024 are presented as filed.
    3   The ratios presented for minimum capital requirements are those to be considered adequately capitalized.

                                     
        For The Quarter Ended     For The Six Months Ended  
        6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024  
    Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures                        
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity                                
    Average total equity, as reported   $ 237,823       $ 216,286       $ 234,328       $ 216,675    
    Average goodwill     (25,191 )       (25,191 )       (25,191 )       (25,191 )  
    Average other intangible assets     (1,045 )       (1,301 )       (1,081 )       (1,333 )  
    Average noncontrolling interest     (652 )       (602 )       (696 )       (656 )  
    Average tangible common equity   $ 210,935       $ 189,192       $ 207,360       $ 189,495    
                                     
    Net income   $ 7,767       $ 5,034       $ 13,162       $ 8,469    
    Amortization of intangibles     63         65         125         130    
    Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest     (76 )       (27 )       (103 )       (61 )  
    Net tangible income attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 7,754       $ 5,072       $ 13,184       $ 8,538    
                                     
    Annualized return on average equity, as reported     13.06   %     9.31   %     11.23   %     7.82   %
    Annualized return on average tangible common equity     14.70   %     10.72   %     12.72   %     9.01   %
                                   
        For The Quarter Ended     For The Six Months Ended
        6/30/2025     6/30/2024     6/30/2025     6/30/2024
    Fully Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income1                              
    Interest income on loans   $ 33,716     $ 31,407     $ 66,098     $ 60,993
    FTE adjustment     52       53       98       103
    FTE interest income on loans   $ 33,768     $ 31,460     $ 66,196     $ 61,096
                                   
    Interest income on securities   $ 3,278     $ 2,742     $ 6,382     $ 5,605
    FTE adjustment     252       235       494       470
    FTE interest income on securities   $ 3,530     $ 2,977     $ 6,876     $ 6,075
                                   
    Total interest income   $ 37,407     $ 34,312     $ 73,395     $ 67,020
    FTE adjustment     304       288       592       573
    FTE interest income   $ 37,711     $ 34,600     $ 73,987     $ 67,593
                                   
    Net interest income   $ 26,508     $ 23,828     $ 51,518     $ 46,986
    FTE adjustment     304       288       592       573
    FTE net interest income   $ 26,812     $ 24,116     $ 52,110     $ 47,559

    ____________________
    1 Assuming a tax rate of 21%.

                   
        6/30/2025     12/31/2024
    Tangible Book Value Per Share          
    Equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 240,313       $ 226,360  
    Goodwill     (25,191 )       (25,191 )
    Other intangible assets     (1,022 )       (1,147 )
    Tangible equity attributable to C&F Financial Corporation   $ 214,100       $ 200,022  
                   
    Shares outstanding     3,238,085         3,233,672  
                   
    Book value per share   $ 74.21       $ 70.00  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 66.12       $ 61.86  
       
       
    Contact: Jason Long, CFO and Secretary
      (804) 843-2360

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: New CAST Highlight update reveals ‘good’ v. ‘bad’ technical debt

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PARIS and NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Chief Information Officers confronting technical debt now have a new way to prioritize thousands of hours in IT development time, announced CAST, a leader in software mapping and intelligence technology. The company today released the latest version of CAST Highlight, which distinguishes between ‘good’ and ‘bad’ technical debt, helping teams prioritize remediation efforts across all custom applications.

    “Each day CIOs face the same question: ‘Which 100 of my 1,000 applications should we focus on?’,” said Greg Rivera, Head of Product at CAST. “Now, within seconds, the answer is clear, ranked, and prioritized. In true CAST Highlight fashion, each issue also comes with data-driven recommendations and quantification of the effort required to resolve it.”

    Key capabilities of the new “Portfolio Advisor for Technical Debt” feature include:

    • Prioritizing applications based on business criticality and issue severity
    • Categorizing debt types, such as low Software Health (e.g. issues with resiliency, agility, and complexity), outdated open-source components, and obsolete technology versions (e.g. Java, .NET)
    • Drilling down to the application level to understand specific issues and remediation needs

    “Not all problems are created equally,” continued Rivera. “Many can wait with minimal business impact. The real challenge has been knowing what to prioritize. With this new intelligence in-hand, CIOs can get a centralized view of their technical debt, direct their teams with confidence, and update the board on progress. “

    “Good” technical debt is defined as lower importance applications with minimal debt density. “Bad” technical debt arises from business-critical applications with high tech debt density in multiple areas. CAST Highlight generates these insights based on industry-standard best practices for code quality and up-to-date components.

    Additional new capabilities in this release include:

    • Terraform Cloud Maturity Insights to speed cloud migration and modernization for applications with Terraform
    • Docker Cloud Maturity Insights to streamline cloud adoption for applications running Docker containers
    • Enhanced Custom Segmentation for more detailed Portfolio Advisor dashboards, with new segmentation options such as OSS component names, technical debt values, and technology versions

    The release is available to all CAST Highlight customers.

    About CAST
    Businesses move faster using CAST technology to understand, improve, and transform their software. Through semantic analysis of source code, CAST produces 3D maps and dashboards to navigate inside individual applications and across entire portfolios. This intelligence empowers executives and technology leaders to steer, speed, and report on initiatives such as technical debt, GenAI, modernization, and cloud. As the pioneer of the software intelligence field, CAST is trusted by the world’s leading companies and governments, their consultancies and cloud providers. See it all at castsoftware.com.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: New CAST Highlight update reveals ‘good’ v. ‘bad’ technical debt

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PARIS and NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Chief Information Officers confronting technical debt now have a new way to prioritize thousands of hours in IT development time, announced CAST, a leader in software mapping and intelligence technology. The company today released the latest version of CAST Highlight, which distinguishes between ‘good’ and ‘bad’ technical debt, helping teams prioritize remediation efforts across all custom applications.

    “Each day CIOs face the same question: ‘Which 100 of my 1,000 applications should we focus on?’,” said Greg Rivera, Head of Product at CAST. “Now, within seconds, the answer is clear, ranked, and prioritized. In true CAST Highlight fashion, each issue also comes with data-driven recommendations and quantification of the effort required to resolve it.”

    Key capabilities of the new “Portfolio Advisor for Technical Debt” feature include:

    • Prioritizing applications based on business criticality and issue severity
    • Categorizing debt types, such as low Software Health (e.g. issues with resiliency, agility, and complexity), outdated open-source components, and obsolete technology versions (e.g. Java, .NET)
    • Drilling down to the application level to understand specific issues and remediation needs

    “Not all problems are created equally,” continued Rivera. “Many can wait with minimal business impact. The real challenge has been knowing what to prioritize. With this new intelligence in-hand, CIOs can get a centralized view of their technical debt, direct their teams with confidence, and update the board on progress. “

    “Good” technical debt is defined as lower importance applications with minimal debt density. “Bad” technical debt arises from business-critical applications with high tech debt density in multiple areas. CAST Highlight generates these insights based on industry-standard best practices for code quality and up-to-date components.

    Additional new capabilities in this release include:

    • Terraform Cloud Maturity Insights to speed cloud migration and modernization for applications with Terraform
    • Docker Cloud Maturity Insights to streamline cloud adoption for applications running Docker containers
    • Enhanced Custom Segmentation for more detailed Portfolio Advisor dashboards, with new segmentation options such as OSS component names, technical debt values, and technology versions

    The release is available to all CAST Highlight customers.

    About CAST
    Businesses move faster using CAST technology to understand, improve, and transform their software. Through semantic analysis of source code, CAST produces 3D maps and dashboards to navigate inside individual applications and across entire portfolios. This intelligence empowers executives and technology leaders to steer, speed, and report on initiatives such as technical debt, GenAI, modernization, and cloud. As the pioneer of the software intelligence field, CAST is trusted by the world’s leading companies and governments, their consultancies and cloud providers. See it all at castsoftware.com.

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Blockgraph Builds on OnDemand Platform Success with Launch of Collaborative Insights and Geo-Based Audiences

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Blockgraph, the privacy-first data collaboration platform for household-based advertising, today launched two powerful new features—Collaborative Insights and Geo-Based Audiences— designed to further fuel its transformation as an industry leading resource for data-driven local advertisers.

    Following strong adoption of the Blockgraph OnDemand platform, which debuted in late 2024, these new capabilities are purpose-built to simplify targeting, planning and measurement across Blockgraph’s media partner ecosystem, making sophisticated advertising tools more accessible for advertisers of all sizes. Blockgraph OnDemand is on track for over 200% year-over-year growth with adoption spanning local ad categories including automotive dealerships, retail, political, education, local events marketing and home services.

    “Local marketers are often underserved by enterprise-level solutions,” said Jason Manningham, CEO of Blockgraph. “With these new capabilities, we’re making it easier than ever for local advertisers to measure what matters and activate campaigns with precision—no data science team or complicated setup required.”

    Collaborative Insights: Simplifying Measurement for Local Advertisers

    Blockgraph’s Collaborative Insights is a turn-key, privacy-safe reporting solution that helps advertisers understand campaign impact in clear business metrics, like return on ad spend, sales lift and store visit lift. It allows local advertisers and media sellers to easily collaborate on campaign performance and sales data, unlocking fast, actionable insights tied to real business outcomes. Built with privacy-safe intelligence, Collaborative Insights drastically simplifies measurement data collaboration and reporting, without a need for expensive setup, custom technology or complex integrations.

    Key benefits include:

    • Outcomes-Based Reporting – Instantly measure campaign outcomes with scalable, automated reporting
    • Smarter Planning – Collaborate with sellers to benchmark and refine local campaigns.
    • Speed to Insight – Consistent reporting and automation designed for local marketing teams.
    • Privacy-Safe By Design – Built-in protections facilitate sharing outcome insights without compromising data security.

    “This levels the playing field for local advertisers” said Jason Manningham, CEO at Blockgraph. “Collaborative Insights offers plug-and-play access to always-on insights, helping smaller businesses move quicker and plan smarter so they can prove ROI.”

    Collaborative Insights is also available to Blockgraph enterprise customers seeking to standardize, simplify and scale their reporting operations.

    Geo-Based Audiences: Easier and Smarter Local Targeting

    Geo-Based Audiences gives advertisers a simple way to reach real households in specific ZIP codes, cities, or custom regions using deterministic household-level data—without requiring their own CRM list or reliance on imprecise IP signals.

    Marketers can define audiences by specific location and activate with confidence knowing the segments are built from verified data—not probabilistic guesswork.

    Key Benefits:

    • No Set Up Required – Go live without uploading first-party data or configuring segments.
    • Verified Audiences – Built from household deterministic data—not proxies.
    • Flexible Geography – Build audiences by DMA, ZIP, or hyperlocal zones.
    • Confidence without Complexity– Avoid the inaccuracies and complexities of IP-based targeting.

    “This is local targeting made simple,” Manningham added. “Marketers can finally activate with the precision of national tools—without the technical burden.”

    Fueling the Future of Local Advertising

    With these launches, Blockgraph OnDemand continues to deliver on its mission to make local advertising even easier and more effective–providing a one-stop solution to plan, activate, and measure campaigns with confidence–all backed by the same privacy-first infrastructure trusted by the nation’s largest media companies.

    “At Comcast Advertising, we’re committed to driving innovation that delivers real business outcomes for our clients,” says Dawn Williamson, Chief Revenue Officer at Comcast Advertising. “As an early adopter of Blockgraph OnDemand, we’re proud to lead solutions that make advanced measurement and precision targeting more accessible to advertisers of all sizes. These capabilities not only elevate our ability to serve local businesses—they also reflect our broader mission to lead with data, insights, and impact.”

    About Blockgraph

    Blockgraph is a leading privacy-centric identity and data collaboration platform designed to fuel the future of connected TV advertising. By enabling secure, privacy-focused household identity resolution, the world’s leading media, technology, and information services companies rely on Blockgraph to collaborate with trusted partners—allowing brands and agencies to connect with audiences more effectively, maximizing reach and performance while protecting consumer privacy. Blockgraph is owned by Charter Communications Inc., Comcast NBCUniversal, and Paramount. For more information, visit www.blockgraph.co.

    Contact:
    Alexandra Levy
    650-996-5758
    alex@siliconalley-media.com

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: droppGroup Leads $5M Pre-Seed in D-GN: Betting Big on the Ethical Layer for AI

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Miami, Florida, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — – droppGroup, the US-based company behind sovereign-grade AI and blockchain solutions, alongside Saudi businessman Hamoud Al-Rumayyan and veteran crypto firm Hub Culture, has fully subscribed the $5 million pre-seed round of Data Guardians Network (D-GN) – a decentralized platform delivering the most accurate and ethically sourced training data in the AI market.

    This investment strengthens droppGroup’s ethical AI infrastructure, already in deployment with Saudi Aramco, Cisco, and multiple government partners, while expanding a growing portfolio of critical technologies grounded in compliance, transparency, and human-centered design.

    “Billions of dollars in lawsuits are hitting the AI industry because foundational models have been trained on stolen or unlicensed data,” said Faisal Al Monai, Chairman of droppGroup. “D-GN solves this industrial problem. It transforms global human input into an auditable, tokenized data engine that ethically trains, verifies and improves AI systems across voice, image and text. We took part of the round because we see this as a core pillar of the future AI stack for all our clients.”

    “When we saw Meta purchase a stake in Scale AI for around $14-15 billion, investing in D‑GN at this stage looked like a steal. We believe D-GN is the Scale AI killer”. Said Faisal Al Monai, Chairman of droppGroup. “More importantly, D‑GN does it differently, upholding both ethical AI and ethical labor standards. No outsourcing to click‑farms, no gray IP zones – just transparent, auditable, fair data.”

    Unlike Scale AI, which has faced criticism over opaque labor practices and the use of unlicensed content, D-GN builds datasets through a decentralized contributor model with on-chain traceability via Solan and stablecoin payments via Tether’s USDT, openly ensuring workers are paid fairly and AI models are trained responsibly.

    “As Saudi Arabia transforms into a global hub for AI and innovation, our focus must remain on building infrastructure rooted in ethics, equity and opportunity”. Said Mr Hamoud Al-Rumayyan. “Data Guardians Network represents a new model, one where the people who power AI are finally included in its value creation. This is not just an investment, it’s a step toward a more inclusive digital economy aligned with the Saudi Vision 2030”. He concluded. 

    Johanna Cabildo, Founder and CEO of D-GN, commented:
    “We built D-GN so that everyday people could have a stake in the future of AI, not just be the invisible labor behind it. droppGroup understands that vision deeply. This partnership gives us the fuel and the infrastructure to scale ethical data at a global level.”

    With this investment, D-GN will scale contributor operations in MENA, Latin America and Southeast Asia, expand multimodal frontier datasets (voice, lip sync, human-emotion mapping) and deepen integrations with open-source and enterprise AI frameworks.

    About droppGroup

    droppGroup is a US-based AI and blockchain infrastructure company building the secure, sovereign systems of tomorrow. The parent company behind droppOne, it supports highly sensitive deployments across governments and Fortune 500s.

    www.droppgroup.xyz

    About Data Guardians Network (D-GN)

    D-GN is a decentralized platform that turns global human input into ethically sourced training data for AI. Through stablecoin rewards, blockchain transparency and decentralized governance, D-GN enables enterprises and model developers to build AI systems that are fair, traceable and regulation-ready. 

    www.dataguardians.network

    Media Contact:Dominic dominic.c@lunaPR.io

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: ACNB Corporation Reports 2025 Second Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    GETTYSBURG, Pa., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ACNB Corporation (NASDAQ: ACNB) (“ACNB” or the “Corporation”), financial holding company for ACNB Bank and ACNB Insurance Services, Inc., announced net income of $11.6 million, or $1.11 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to net income of $11.3 million, or $1.32 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and compared to net loss of $272 thousand, or $0.03 diluted loss per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were impacted by two discrete items that were related to the acquisition of Traditions Bancorp, Inc. (“Traditions”) (“Acquisition”): a provision for credit losses on non-purchase credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans of $4.2 million, net of taxes, and merger-related expenses, net of taxes, totaling $6.2 million.

    2025 Second Quarter Highlights

    • Fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) net interest margin was 4.21% for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to 4.07% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 3.82% for the three months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Return on average assets was 1.43% and return on average equity was 11.96% for the three months ended June 30, 2025.
    • Total loans were $2.34 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of $19.6 million, or 0.8%, from March 31, 2025, or 3.4% on an annualized basis.
    • Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio1 of 9.65% at June 30, 2025 compared to 9.33% at March 31, 2025 and 9.84% at June 30, 2024. The net unrealized loss on the available for sale securities portfolio was $36.2 million at June 30, 2025 compared to a net unrealized loss of $39.7 million at March 31, 2025 and a net unrealized loss of $52.7 million at June 30, 2024.
    • As announced on Form 8-K on July 23, 2025, the Board of Directors approved and declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.34 per share of ACNB Corporation common stock for the second quarter, reflecting a $0.02, or 6.3%, increase over the same period of 2024.
    • ACNB repurchased 71,592 shares of ACNB common stock in open market transactions during the three months ended June 30, 2025. On June 18, 2025, the Corporation announced that the Board of Directors approved a plan to repurchase, in open market transactions at prevailing market prices, up to 314,000 shares or approximately 3.0%, of the outstanding shares of ACNB’s common stock.

    “We are pleased to share strong results for the second quarter of 2025 which reflect our first full quarter of combined operations including Traditions Bank, a division of ACNB Bank. After completing the acquisition in early February of this year, we are excited to share that we have successfully completed our system conversion enabling all ACNB Bank customers to bank at any convenient location,” said James P. Helt, ACNB Corporation President and Chief Executive Officer.

    “Our financial results reflect our continued commitment to our community banking business model and to generating long term shareholder value. The quarter was represented by strong profitability, an increase in quarter over quarter net loan growth, stable asset quality and an active capital management strategy supported by a $0.34 second quarter dividend payment and continued open market share repurchases.”

    Mr. Helt continued, “As we look to the remainder of the year, we are focused on managing through the uncertain national economic challenges by continuing to diversify our revenue streams with ACNB Insurance Services, our Wealth Management teams and Traditions Mortgage. We are optimistic that our strong capital position, ample liquidity, superior asset quality metrics and our focus on profitability will enable us to deliver on our commitment to our many different stakeholders.”

    ACNB’s financial results for any periods ended prior to February 1, 2025 reflect ACNB on a standalone basis. As a result, ACNB’s financial results for the three months ended June 30, 2025 may not be directly comparable to prior reported periods.

    _______________
    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the page titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2025 totaled $31.0 million, an increase of $10.0 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $3.9 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increases were driven primarily by the Acquisition. The FTE net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was 4.21%, a 39 basis points increase from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and a 14 basis points increase from the three months ended March 31, 2025. The accretion impact of acquisition accounting adjustments on loans and deposits from the Acquisition was $2.2 million and $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively. The following discussion of increases in average balances and yields compared to the previous periods were driven primarily by the Acquisition. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, total average loans increased $678.7 million and $217.1 million compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively. The yield on total loans was 6.29% for the three months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of 76 basis points compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of 21 basis points from the three months ended March 31, 2025. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, total average interest- bearing deposits increased $613.8 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $203.0 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 1.49% for the three months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of 70 basis points from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of 11 basis points from the three months ended March 31, 2025. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, total average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $78.0 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $50.4 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $8.7 million, an increase of $2.3 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $1.5 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. Gain from mortgage loans held for sale for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $1.6 million, an increase of $1.5 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $720 thousand from the three months ended March 31, 2025. Insurance commissions for the three months ended June 30, 2025 were $2.9 million, an increase of $161 thousand from the three months ended June 30, 2024 driven primarily by timing of policy renewals and new business and an increase of $761 thousand from the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by seasonally stronger policy renewals and an increase in contingent commission income during the three months ended June 30, 2025 for contingent commissions earned in 2024. Service charges on deposits were $1.2 million, an increase of $158 thousand from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $85 thousand from the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by the Acquisition.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2025 increased $9.0 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and decreased $4.0 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. Merger-related expenses totaled $1.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to $23 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and $8.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $3.3 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $832 thousand compared to three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by an increased number of employees attributable to the Acquisition, merit increases and higher mortgage commissions. Net occupancy increased $286 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 driven primarily by the Acquisition and decreased $165 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by lower snow removal costs. Equipment expense increased $969 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $259 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by the Acquisition and the implementation of new additional products into our core processing system. Other tax decreased $136 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and decreased $307 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by earned income tax credits recognized in the period. Intangible assets amortization increased $826 thousand during the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $284 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven by the Acquisition. Other increased $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $1.0 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by the Acquisition, earned income tax related donations, and higher internet banking services.

    Loans and Asset Quality

    Total loans outstanding were $2.34 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of $19.6 million from March 31, 2025 and an increase of $662.2 million from June 30, 2024. The growth from March 31, 2025 was spread across real estate construction, commercial and industrial, home equity lines of credit and residential mortgage. The increase compared to June 30, 2024 was spread across all loan categories and was driven primarily by the Acquisition. The allowance for credit losses was $24.4 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $293 thousand compared to March 31, 2025 and an increase of $7.2 million compared to June 30, 2024. The decrease compared to March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by the incorporation of post-COVID lower credit loss history in the bank’s allowance for credit losses model. The increase compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the Acquisition. The allowance for unfunded commitments was $1.5 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $354 thousand compared to March 31, 2025 and an increase of $219 thousand compared to June 30, 2024. The decrease compared to March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by the incorporation of post-COVID lower credit loss history in the bank’s allowance for unfunded commitments model and lower commitments. The increase compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the Acquisition.

    Non-performing loans were $10.1 million, or 0.43%, of total loans, net of unearned income, at June 30, 2025 compared to $10.0 million, or 0.43%, of total loans at March 31, 2025 and $3.1 million, or 0.19%, of total loans at June 30, 2024. The increase in non-performing loans at June 30, 2025 compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by one long-standing commercial relationship in the healthcare industry, comprised of both owner-occupied commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, that moved into non-performing loan status during 2024 and by the Acquisition. Annualized net charge-offs for the three months ended June 30, 2025 were 0.01% of total average loans compared to 0.01% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 0.00% for the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Deposits and Borrowings

    Deposits totaled $2.52 billion at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $15.5 million from March 31, 2025 and an increase of $686.0 million from June 30, 2024. Included in total deposits at June 30, 2025 were $568.3 million of noninterest-bearing deposits, which increased $5.6 million and $88.6 million from March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. Total interest-bearing deposits were $1.96 billion at June 30, 2025 a decrease of $21.1 million from March 31, 2025 and an increase of $597.4 million from June 30, 2024. The decrease from March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by the withdrawal of a significant 1031 Exchange deposit held on behalf of a commercial customer. Time deposits, included in interest-bearing deposits, increased $3.3 million and $225.0 million since March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. In June 2025, ACNB Bank issued $20.0 million in brokered time deposits to partially offset the 1031 Exchange deposit withdrawal and the maturity of a $5.0 million brokered deposit during the quarter. The overall increase in total deposits compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the Acquisition.

    Total borrowings were $298.4 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $1.1 million and $5.9 million compared to March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

    Stockholders’ Equity

    Total stockholders’ equity was $395.2 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $386.9 million at March 31, 2025 and $289.3 million at June 30, 2024. The increase at June 30, 2025 compared to March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by net income of $11.6 million slightly offset by dividends paid of $3.5 million and common stock repurchased of $3.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase at June 30, 2025 compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the common stock equity issued in the Acquisition.

    Tangible book value1 per share was $29.30, $28.23 and $27.82 at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

    ACNB repurchased 71,592 shares of ACNB common stock in open market transactions during the three months ended June 30, 2025. On June 18, 2025, the Corporation announced that the Board of Directors approved a plan to repurchase, in open market transactions at prevailing market prices, up to 314,000 shares or approximately 3.0%, of the outstanding shares of ACNB’s common stock. This new common stock open market repurchase plan replaces and supersedes any and all earlier announced repurchase plans. There were no shares repurchased under this plan during the three months ended June 30, 2025.

    _______________
    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the page titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.

    About ACNB Corporation

    ACNB Corporation, headquartered in Gettysburg, PA, is the independent $3.26 billion financial holding company for the wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACNB Bank, Gettysburg, PA, including its operating divisions Traditions Bank and Traditions Mortgage, and ACNB Insurance Services, Inc., Westminster, MD. Originally founded in 1857, ACNB Bank serves its marketplace with banking and wealth management services, including trust and retail brokerage, via a network of 33 community banking offices and one loan office located in the Pennsylvania counties of Adams, Cumberland, Franklin, Lancaster and York, and the Maryland counties of Baltimore, Carroll and Frederick. ACNB Insurance Services, Inc. is a full-service insurance agency with licenses in 46 states. The agency offers a broad range of property, casualty, health, life and disability insurance serving personal and commercial clients through office locations in Westminster, MD and Gettysburg, PA. For more information regarding ACNB Corporation and its subsidiaries, please visit investor.acnb.com.

    SAFE HARBOR AND FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS – Should there be a material subsequent event prior to the filing of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the financial information reported in this press release is subject to change to reflect the subsequent event. In addition to historical information, this press release may contain forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, (a) projections or statements regarding future earnings, expenses, net interest income, other income, earnings or loss per share, asset mix and quality, growth prospects, capital structure, and other financial terms, (b) statements of plans and objectives of Management or the Board of Directors, and (c) statements of assumptions, such as economic conditions in the Corporation’s market areas. Such forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “intends”, “will”, “should”, “anticipates”, or the negative of any of the foregoing or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy. Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties such as national, regional and local economic conditions, competitive factors, and regulatory limitations. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Such risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results and experience to differ from those projected include, but are not limited to, the following: short-term and long-term effects of inflation and rising costs on the Corporation, customers and economy; banking instability caused by bank failures and financial uncertainty of various banks which may adversely impact the Corporation and its securities and loan values, deposit stability, capital adequacy, financial condition, operations, liquidity, and results of operations; effects of governmental and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes; effects of new laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) and their application with which the Corporation and its subsidiaries must comply; impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards; effects of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters; ineffectiveness of the business strategy due to changes in current or future market conditions; future actions or inactions of the United States government, including the effects of short-term and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and a failure to increase the government debt limit or a prolonged shutdown of the federal government; effects of economic conditions particularly with regard to the negative impact of any pandemic, epidemic or health-related crisis and the responses thereto on the operations of the Corporation and current customers, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans; effects of competition, and of changes in laws and regulations on competition, including industry consolidation and development of competing financial products and services; inflation, securities market and monetary fluctuations; risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities, and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks; difficulties in acquisitions and integrating and operating acquired business operations, including information technology difficulties; challenges in establishing and maintaining operations in new markets; effects of technology changes; effects of general economic conditions and more specifically in the Corporation’s market areas; failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for credit losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities; acts of war or terrorism or geopolitical instability; disruption of credit and equity markets; ability to manage current levels of impaired assets; loss of certain key officers; ability to maintain the value and image of the Corporation’s brand and protect the Corporation’s intellectual property rights; continued relationships with major customers; and, potential impacts to the Corporation from continually evolving cybersecurity and other technological risks and attacks, including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses. Management considers subsequent events occurring after the balance sheet date for matters which may require adjustment to, or disclosure in, the consolidated financial statements. The review period for subsequent events extends up to and including the filing date of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements when filed with the SEC. Accordingly, the financial information in this announcement is subject to change. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. They only reflect Management’s analysis as of this date. The Corporation does not revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or changed circumstances. Please carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the Corporation files from time to time with the SEC, including the Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Please also carefully review any Current Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Corporation with the SEC.

    ACNB #2025-10
    July 24, 2025

    ACNB Corporation Financial Highlights Selected Financial Data by Respective Quarter End (Unaudited)
     
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024
    BALANCE SHEET DATA          
    Total Assets $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,394,830   $ 2,420,914   $ 2,457,753  
    Investment securities   520,758     521,306     459,472     483,604     483,868  
    Total loans, net of unearned income   2,341,816     2,322,209     1,682,910     1,677,112     1,679,600  
    Allowance for credit losses   (24,353 )   (24,646 )   (17,280 )   (17,214 )   (17,162 )
    Deposits   2,524,541     2,540,009     1,792,501     1,791,317     1,838,588  
    Allowance for unfunded commitments   1,529     1,883     1,394     1,349     1,310  
    Borrowings   298,395     299,531     271,159     293,091     304,286  
    Stockholders’ equity   395,151     386,883     303,273     306,755     289,331  
    INCOME STATEMENT DATA          
    Interest and dividend income $         41,576   $ 36,290   $ 27,381   $ 27,241   $ 26,869  
    Interest expense   10,564     9,200     6,269     6,299     5,905  
    Net interest income   31,012     27,090     21,112     20,942     20,964  
    (Reversal of) provision for credit losses   (228 )   5,968     249     81     (2,990 )
    (Reversal of) provision for unfunded commitments   (354 )   (480 )   44     40     (259 )
    Net interest income after (reversal of) provisions for credit losses and unfunded commitments   31,594     21,602     20,819     20,821     24,213  
    Noninterest income   8,682     7,184     5,803     6,833     6,427  
    Noninterest expenses   25,366     29,335     18,388     18,244     16,391  
    Income (loss) before income taxes   14,910     (549 )   8,234     9,410     14,249  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   3,262     (277 )   1,639     2,206     2,970  
    Net income (loss) $         11,648   $ (272 ) $ 6,595   $ 7,204   $ 11,279  
    PROFITABILITY RATIOS          
    Total loans, net of unearned income to deposits   92.76 %   91.43 %   93.89 %   93.62 %   91.35 %
    Return on average assets (annualized)   1.43     (0.04 )   1.08     1.17     1.86  
    Return on average equity (annualized)   11.96     (0.31 )   8.57     9.63     16.12  
    Efficiency ratio1   56.21     60.13     63.83     60.56     58.61  
    FTE Net interest margin   4.21     4.07     3.81     3.77     3.82  
    Yield on average earning assets   5.64     5.45     4.93     4.90     4.89  
    Yield on investment securities   2.95     2.91     2.58     2.59     2.65  
    Yield on total loans   6.29     6.08     5.61     5.56     5.53  
    Cost of funds   1.50     1.45     1.19     1.19     1.12  
    PER SHARE DATA          
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share $         1.11   $ (0.03 ) $ 0.77   $ 0.84   $ 1.32  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.34     0.32     0.32     0.32     0.32  
    Tangible book value per share1   29.30     28.23     29.51     29.90     27.82  
    CAPITAL RATIOS2
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   10.97 %   11.81 %   12.52 %   12.46 %   12.25 %
    Common equity tier 1 ratio   13.96     13.65     16.27     16.07     15.78  
    Tier 1 risk based capital ratio   14.17     13.86     16.56     16.36     16.07  
    Total risk based capital ratio   15.75     15.45     18.36     18.15     17.86  
    CREDIT QUALITY                              
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (annualized)   0.01 %   0.01 %   0.04 %   0.01 %   0.00 %
    Total non-performing loans to total loans, net of unearned income3   0.43     0.43     0.40     0.39     0.19  
    Total non-performing assets to total assets4   0.31     0.32     0.30     0.29     0.14  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans, net of unearned income   1.04     1.06     1.03     1.03     1.02  
                                   

    _______________
    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the page titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.
    2 Regulatory capital ratios as of June 30, 2025 are preliminary.
    3 Non-performing Loans consists of loans on nonaccrual status and loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest.
    4 Non-performing Assets consists of Non-performing Loans and Foreclosed assets held for resale.

    Consolidated Statements of Condition
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    ASSETS      
    Cash and due from banks $         32,834   $ 23,422   $ 26,681  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   70,275     100,141     59,593  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   103,109     123,563     86,274  
    Equity securities with readily determinable fair values   936     933     919  
    Investment securities available for sale, at estimated fair value   455,317     455,819     418,364  
    Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value $56,420, $56,219 and $57,026)   64,505     64,554     64,585  
    Loans held for sale   16,455     21,413     1,801  
    Total loans, net of unearned income   2,341,816     2,322,209     1,679,600  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses   (24,353 )   (24,646 )   (17,162 )
    Loans, net   2,317,463     2,297,563     1,662,438  
    Premises and equipment, net   31,581     32,398     25,760  
    Right of use asset   4,657     5,440     2,278  
    Restricted investment in bank stocks   13,533     13,560     11,853  
    Investment in bank-owned life insurance   96,104     98,814     80,841  
    Investments in low-income housing partnerships   814     846     940  
    Goodwill   64,449     64,449     44,185  
    Intangible assets, net   24,694     25,835     8,446  
    Foreclosed assets held for resale   32     438     406  
    Other assets   65,879     64,416     48,663  
    Total Assets $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,457,753  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest-bearing $         568,301   $ 562,700   $ 479,726  
    Interest-bearing   1,956,240     1,977,309     1,358,862  
    Total Deposits   2,524,541     2,540,009     1,838,588  
    Short-term borrowings   43,041     44,188     48,974  
    Long-term borrowings   255,354     255,343     255,312  
    Lease liability   4,946     5,790     2,278  
    Allowance for unfunded commitments   1,529     1,883     1,310  
    Other liabilities   34,966     35,945     21,960  
    Total Liabilities   2,864,377     2,883,158     2,168,422  
           
    Stockholders’ Equity:      
    Preferred Stock, $2.50 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024   —     —     —  
    Common stock, $2.50 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 11,017,121, 11,011,051, and 8,934,495 shares issued; 10,478,149, 10,543,671, and 8,545,629 shares outstanding at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively   27,539     27,521     22,330  
    Treasury stock, at cost; 538,972, 467,380, and 388,866 at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively   (17,167 )   (14,309 )   (11,101 )
    Additional paid-in capital   178,553     178,011     98,230  
    Retained earnings   239,077     230,978     226,271  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (32,851 )   (35,318 )   (46,399 )
    Total Stockholders’ Equity   395,151     386,883     289,331  
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,457,753  
                       
    Consolidated Income Statements
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   2025     2024     2025     2024  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME        
    Loans, including fees        
    Taxable $         36,555   $ 22,675   $         68,231   $ 44,145  
    Tax-exempt   317     313     609     632  
    Investment securities:        
    Taxable   3,283     2,665     6,185     5,576  
    Tax-exempt   283     284     571     568  
    Dividends   307     248     647     488  
    Other   831     684     1,623     1,434  
    Total Interest and Dividend Income   41,576     26,869     77,866     52,843  
    INTEREST EXPENSE        
    Deposits   7,284     2,643     13,280     4,803  
    Short-term borrowings   341     304     635     643  
    Long-term borrowings   2,939     2,958     5,849     5,840  
    Total Interest Expense   10,564     5,905     19,764     11,286  
    Net Interest Income   31,012     20,964     58,102     41,557  
    (Reversal of) provision for credit losses   (228 )   (2,990 )   5,740     (2,767 )
    (Reversal of) provision for unfunded commitments   (354 )   (259 )   (834 )   (410 )
    Net Interest Income after (Reversal of) Provisions for Credit Losses and Unfunded Commitments   31,594     24,213     53,196     44,734  
    NONINTEREST INCOME        
    Insurance commissions   2,908     2,747     5,055     4,862  
    Service charges on deposits   1,179     1,021     2,273     2,012  
    Wealth management   1,090     1,069     2,150     2,031  
    Gain from mortgage loans held for sale   1,575     34     2,430     82  
    ATM debit card charges   905     841     1,736     1,660  
    Earnings on investment in bank-owned life insurance   627     493     1,207     970  
    Gain on life insurance proceeds   31     —     285     —  
    Net gains on sales or calls of investment securities   22     —     22     69  
    Net gains (losses) on equity securities   3     1     17     (9 )
    Other   342     221     691     417  
    Total Noninterest Income   8,682     6,427     15,866     12,094  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSES        
    Salaries and employee benefits   13,693     10,426     26,554     21,594  
    Equipment   2,539     1,570     4,819     3,299  
    Net occupancy   1,277     991     2,719     2,121  
    Professional services   743     529     1,320     1,145  
    FDIC and regulatory   435     348     836     723  
    Other tax   220     356     747     726  
    Intangible assets amortization   1,141     315     1,998     636  
    Merger-related   1,943     23     9,974     23  
    Other   3,375     1,833     5,734     3,786  
    Total Noninterest Expenses   25,366     16,391     54,701     34,053  
    Income Before Income Taxes   14,910     14,249     14,361     22,775  
    Income tax expense   3,262     2,970     2,985     4,728  
    Net Income $         11,648   $ 11,279   $         11,376   $ 18,047  
    PER SHARE DATA        
    Basic earnings $         1.11   $ 1.32   $         1.12   $ 2.12  
    Diluted earnings $         1.11   $ 1.32   $         1.12   $ 2.12  
    Weighted average shares basic   10,451,469     8,502,268     10,130,666     8,497,686  
    Weighted average shares diluted   10,487,519     8,540,706     10,157,331     8,526,177  
                             
    Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates
            
      Three months ended
    June 30, 2025    		 Three months ended
    March 31, 2025
    		 Three months ended
    December 31, 2024
    		 Three months ended
    September 30, 2024
    		 Three months ended
    June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance    		 Interest1 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate
    ASSETS                            
    Loans:                            
    Taxable $ 2,296,429   $ 36,555   6.38 % $ 2,080,231   $ 31,676 6.18 % $ 1,619,245   $ 23,294 5.72 % $ 1,618,879   $ 23,108 5.68 % $ 1,612,380   $ 22,675 5.66 %
    Tax-exempt   58,903     401   2.73     57,969     370 2.59     57,683     366 2.52     62,401     394 2.51     64,276     396 2.48  
    Total Loans2   2,355,332     36,956   6.29     2,138,200     32,046 6.08     1,676,928     23,660 5.61     1,681,280     23,502 5.56     1,676,656     23,071 5.53  
    Investment Securities:                                  
    Taxable   482,933     3,590   2.98     447,986     3,242 2.93     431,338     2,786 2.57     441,135     2,868 2.59     442,390     2,913 2.65  
    Tax-exempt   54,261     358   2.65     54,659     365 2.71     54,453     359 2.62     54,549     359 2.62     54,644     359 2.64  
    Total Investments3   537,194     3,948   2.95     502,645     3,607 2.91     485,791     3,145 2.58     495,684     3,227 2.59     497,034     3,272 2.65  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   77,348     831   4.31     73,181     792 4.39     60,104     728 4.82     48,794     670 5.46     50,851     684 5.41  
    Total Earning Assets   2,969,874     41,735   5.64     2,714,026     36,445 5.45     2,222,823     27,533 4.93     2,225,758     27,399 4.90     2,224,541     27,027 4.89  
    Cash and due from banks   25,610               20,603         20,413         21,684         21,041      
    Premises and equipment   32,019               29,903         25,679         25,716         25,903      
    Other assets   255,624               224,522         181,180         184,105         187,937      
    Allowance for credit losses   (24,615 )             (19,939 )       (17,153 )       (17,147 )       (20,124 )    
    Total Assets $ 3,258,512             $ 2,969,115       $ 2,432,942       $ 2,440,116       $ 2,439,298      
    LIABILITIES                                      
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $ 612,812   $         514   0.34 % $ 573,341     $ 524   0.37 % $ 519,833     $ 511   0.39 % $ 518,368     $ 552   0.42 % $ 513,163     $ 275   0.22 %
    Money markets   536,755     2,706   2.02     447,297       1,984   1.80     251,781       747   1.18     246,653       692   1.12     248,191       613   0.99  
    Savings deposits   342,327     27   0.03     331,103       27   0.03     315,512       34   0.04     318,291       26   0.03     327,274       30   0.04  
    Time deposits   473,589     4,037   3.42     410,749       3,461   3.42     268,559       1,987   2.94     258,053       1,842   2.84     263,045       1,725   2.64  
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits   1,965,483     7,284   1.49     1,762,490       5,996   1.38     1,355,685       3,279   0.96     1,341,365       3,112   0.92     1,351,673       2,643   0.79  
    Short-term borrowings   44,515     341   3.07     38,721       294   3.08     23,087       12   0.21     38,666       204   2.10     37,256       304   3.28  
    Long-term borrowings   255,347     2,939   4.62     257,558       2,910   4.58     255,326       2,978   4.64     255,316       2,983   4.65     255,305       2,958   4.66  
    Total Borrowings   299,862     3,280   4.39     296,279       3,204   4.39     278,413       2,990   4.27     293,982       3,187   4.31     292,561       3,262   4.48  
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities   2,265,345     10,564   1.87     2,058,769       9,200   1.81     1,634,098       6,269   1.53     1,635,347       6,299   1.53     1,644,234       5,905   1.44  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   563,321         512,966           464,949           477,350           485,351        
    Other liabilities   39,271         36,934           27,887           29,946           28,348        
    Stockholders’ Equity   390,575         360,446           306,008           297,473           281,365        
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $ 3,258,512       $ 2,969,115         $ 2,432,942         $ 2,440,116         $ 2,439,298        
    Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income     31,171           27,245           21,264           21,100           21,122    
    Taxable Equivalent Adjustment     (159 )         (155 )         (152 )         (158 )         (158 )  
    Net Interest Income   $ 31,012         $ 27,090         $ 21,112         $ 20,942         $ 20,964    
    Cost of Funds     1.50 %       1.45 %       1.19 %       1.19 %       1.12 %
    FTE Net Interest Margin     4.21 %       4.07 %       3.81 %       3.77 %       3.82 %
                                                     

    _______________
    1     Income on interest-earning assets has been computed on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis using the 21% federal income tax statutory rate.
    2 Average balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income.
    3 Average balances of investment securities is computed at fair value.

    Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates
                                       
      Six months ended June 30, 2025   Six months ended June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands)   Average Balance     Interest1   Yield/ Rate       Average Balance     Interest1   Yield/ Rate  
    ASSETS                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Taxable $         2,188,852   $         68,231   6.29 %   $ 1,592,745   $ 44,145   5.57 %
    Tax-exempt   58,438     771   2.66       65,050   800   2.47  
    Total Loans2   2,247,290     69,002   6.19       1,657,795   44,945   5.45  
    Investment Securities:                    
    Taxable   465,556     6,832   2.96       454,928   6,064   2.68  
    Tax-exempt   54,459     723   2.68       54,692   719   2.64  
    Total Investments3   520,015     7,555   2.93       509,620   6,783   2.68  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   75,276     1,623   4.35       52,504   1,434   5.49  
    Total Earning Assets   2,842,581     78,180   5.55       2,219,919   53,162   4.82  
    Cash and due from banks   23,120             20,790      
    Premises and equipment   30,967             26,051      
    Other assets   240,235             187,458      
    Allowance for credit losses   (22,290 )           (20,044 )    
    Total Assets $         3,114,613           $ 2,434,174      
    LIABILITIES            
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $         593,185   $         1,038   0.35 %   $ 512,932   $ 540   0.21 %
    Money markets   492,273     4,690   1.92       248,244     1,149   0.93  
    Savings deposits   336,746     54   0.03       331,244     58   0.04  
    Time deposits   442,343     7,498   3.42       253,763     3,056   2.42  
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits   1,864,547     13,280   1.44       1,346,183     4,803   0.72  
    Short-term borrowings   41,634     635   3.08       42,170     643   3.07  
    Long-term borrowings   256,447     5,849   4.60       252,004     5,840   4.66  
    Total Borrowings   298,081     6,484   4.39       294,174     6,483   4.43  
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities   2,162,628     19,764   1.84       1,640,357     11,286   1.38  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   538,282             485,999          
    Other liabilities   38,109             27,626          
    Stockholders’ Equity   375,594             280,192          
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $         3,114,613           $ 2,434,174          
    Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income     58,416             41,876    
    Taxable Equivalent Adjustment     (314 )           (319 )  
    Net Interest Income   $         58,102           $ 41,557    
    Cost of Funds     1.48 %       1.07 %
    FTE Net Interest Margin     4.14 %       3.79 %

    _______________
    1 Income on interest-earning assets has been computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis (FTE) using the 21% federal income tax statutory rate.
    2 Average balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income.
    3 Average balances of investment securities is computed at fair value.

    Non-GAAP Reconciliation

    Note: The Corporation has presented the following non-GAAP financial measures because it believes that these measures provide useful and comparative information to assess trends in the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition. These non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the Corporation’s industry. Investors should recognize that the Corporation’s presentation of these non- GAAP financial measures might not be comparable to similarly-titled measures of other corporations. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP basis measures, and the Corporation strongly encourages a review of its condensed consolidated financial statements in their entirety.

      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024
    Tangible book value per share          
    Stockholders’ equity $         395,151   $ 386,883   $ 303,273   $ 306,755   $ 289,331  
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets   (89,143 )   (90,284 )   (52,023 )   (52,327 )   (52,631 )
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (numerator) $         306,008   $ 296,599   $ 251,250   $ 254,428   $ 236,700  
    Shares outstanding, less unvested shares, end of period (denominator)   10,442,269     10,506,822     8,515,347     8,510,187     8,507,191  
    Tangible book value per share $         29.30   $ 28.23   $ 29.51   $ 29.90   $ 27.82  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (TCE/TA Ratio)          
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (numerator) $         306,008   $ 296,599   $ 251,250   $ 254,428   $ 236,700  
    Total assets $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,394,830   $ 2,420,914   $ 2,457,753  
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets   (89,143 )   (90,284 )   (52,023 )   (52,327 )   (52,631 )
    Total tangible assets (denominator) $         3,170,385   $ 3,179,757   $ 2,342,807   $ 2,368,587   $ 2,405,122  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets   9.65 %   9.33 %   10.72 %   10.74 %   9.84 %
    Efficiency Ratio          
    Noninterest expense $         25,366   $ 29,335   $ 18,388   $ 18,244   $ 16,391  
    Less: Intangible amortization   1,141     857     304     304     315  
    Less: Merger-related expense   1,943     8,031     885     1,137     23  
    Noninterest expense (numerator) $         22,282   $ 20,447   $ 17,199   $ 16,803   $ 16,053  
    Net interest income $         31,012   $ 27,090   $ 21,112   $ 20,942   $ 20,964  
    Plus: Total noninterest income   8,682     7,184     5,803     6,833     6,427  
    Less: Gain on life insurance proceeds   31     254     —     —     —  
    Less: Net gains on sales or calls of securities   22     —     —     —     —  
    Less: Net gains (losses) on equity securities   3     14     (28 )   28     1  
    Total revenue (denominator) $         39,638   $ 34,006   $ 26,943   $ 27,747   $ 27,390  
    Efficiency ratio   56.21 %   60.13 %   63.83 %   60.56 %   58.61 %
                                   
    Contact:    Jason H. Weber
    EVP/Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer
    717.339.5090
    jweber@acnb.com
         

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: ACNB Corporation Reports 2025 Second Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    GETTYSBURG, Pa., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ACNB Corporation (NASDAQ: ACNB) (“ACNB” or the “Corporation”), financial holding company for ACNB Bank and ACNB Insurance Services, Inc., announced net income of $11.6 million, or $1.11 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to net income of $11.3 million, or $1.32 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and compared to net loss of $272 thousand, or $0.03 diluted loss per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025 were impacted by two discrete items that were related to the acquisition of Traditions Bancorp, Inc. (“Traditions”) (“Acquisition”): a provision for credit losses on non-purchase credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans of $4.2 million, net of taxes, and merger-related expenses, net of taxes, totaling $6.2 million.

    2025 Second Quarter Highlights

    • Fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) net interest margin was 4.21% for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to 4.07% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 3.82% for the three months ended June 30, 2024.
    • Return on average assets was 1.43% and return on average equity was 11.96% for the three months ended June 30, 2025.
    • Total loans were $2.34 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of $19.6 million, or 0.8%, from March 31, 2025, or 3.4% on an annualized basis.
    • Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio1 of 9.65% at June 30, 2025 compared to 9.33% at March 31, 2025 and 9.84% at June 30, 2024. The net unrealized loss on the available for sale securities portfolio was $36.2 million at June 30, 2025 compared to a net unrealized loss of $39.7 million at March 31, 2025 and a net unrealized loss of $52.7 million at June 30, 2024.
    • As announced on Form 8-K on July 23, 2025, the Board of Directors approved and declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.34 per share of ACNB Corporation common stock for the second quarter, reflecting a $0.02, or 6.3%, increase over the same period of 2024.
    • ACNB repurchased 71,592 shares of ACNB common stock in open market transactions during the three months ended June 30, 2025. On June 18, 2025, the Corporation announced that the Board of Directors approved a plan to repurchase, in open market transactions at prevailing market prices, up to 314,000 shares or approximately 3.0%, of the outstanding shares of ACNB’s common stock.

    “We are pleased to share strong results for the second quarter of 2025 which reflect our first full quarter of combined operations including Traditions Bank, a division of ACNB Bank. After completing the acquisition in early February of this year, we are excited to share that we have successfully completed our system conversion enabling all ACNB Bank customers to bank at any convenient location,” said James P. Helt, ACNB Corporation President and Chief Executive Officer.

    “Our financial results reflect our continued commitment to our community banking business model and to generating long term shareholder value. The quarter was represented by strong profitability, an increase in quarter over quarter net loan growth, stable asset quality and an active capital management strategy supported by a $0.34 second quarter dividend payment and continued open market share repurchases.”

    Mr. Helt continued, “As we look to the remainder of the year, we are focused on managing through the uncertain national economic challenges by continuing to diversify our revenue streams with ACNB Insurance Services, our Wealth Management teams and Traditions Mortgage. We are optimistic that our strong capital position, ample liquidity, superior asset quality metrics and our focus on profitability will enable us to deliver on our commitment to our many different stakeholders.”

    ACNB’s financial results for any periods ended prior to February 1, 2025 reflect ACNB on a standalone basis. As a result, ACNB’s financial results for the three months ended June 30, 2025 may not be directly comparable to prior reported periods.

    _______________
    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the page titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2025 totaled $31.0 million, an increase of $10.0 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $3.9 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increases were driven primarily by the Acquisition. The FTE net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was 4.21%, a 39 basis points increase from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and a 14 basis points increase from the three months ended March 31, 2025. The accretion impact of acquisition accounting adjustments on loans and deposits from the Acquisition was $2.2 million and $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively. The following discussion of increases in average balances and yields compared to the previous periods were driven primarily by the Acquisition. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, total average loans increased $678.7 million and $217.1 million compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively. The yield on total loans was 6.29% for the three months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of 76 basis points compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of 21 basis points from the three months ended March 31, 2025. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, total average interest- bearing deposits increased $613.8 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $203.0 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 1.49% for the three months ended June 30, 2025, an increase of 70 basis points from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of 11 basis points from the three months ended March 31, 2025. For the three months ended June 30, 2025, total average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $78.0 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $50.4 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $8.7 million, an increase of $2.3 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $1.5 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. Gain from mortgage loans held for sale for the three months ended June 30, 2025 was $1.6 million, an increase of $1.5 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $720 thousand from the three months ended March 31, 2025. Insurance commissions for the three months ended June 30, 2025 were $2.9 million, an increase of $161 thousand from the three months ended June 30, 2024 driven primarily by timing of policy renewals and new business and an increase of $761 thousand from the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by seasonally stronger policy renewals and an increase in contingent commission income during the three months ended June 30, 2025 for contingent commissions earned in 2024. Service charges on deposits were $1.2 million, an increase of $158 thousand from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and an increase of $85 thousand from the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by the Acquisition.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2025 increased $9.0 million from the three months ended June 30, 2024 and decreased $4.0 million from the three months ended March 31, 2025. Merger-related expenses totaled $1.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to $23 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and $8.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $3.3 million during the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $832 thousand compared to three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by an increased number of employees attributable to the Acquisition, merit increases and higher mortgage commissions. Net occupancy increased $286 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 driven primarily by the Acquisition and decreased $165 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by lower snow removal costs. Equipment expense increased $969 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $259 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by the Acquisition and the implementation of new additional products into our core processing system. Other tax decreased $136 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and decreased $307 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by earned income tax credits recognized in the period. Intangible assets amortization increased $826 thousand during the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $284 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven by the Acquisition. Other increased $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and increased $1.0 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 driven primarily by the Acquisition, earned income tax related donations, and higher internet banking services.

    Loans and Asset Quality

    Total loans outstanding were $2.34 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of $19.6 million from March 31, 2025 and an increase of $662.2 million from June 30, 2024. The growth from March 31, 2025 was spread across real estate construction, commercial and industrial, home equity lines of credit and residential mortgage. The increase compared to June 30, 2024 was spread across all loan categories and was driven primarily by the Acquisition. The allowance for credit losses was $24.4 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $293 thousand compared to March 31, 2025 and an increase of $7.2 million compared to June 30, 2024. The decrease compared to March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by the incorporation of post-COVID lower credit loss history in the bank’s allowance for credit losses model. The increase compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the Acquisition. The allowance for unfunded commitments was $1.5 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $354 thousand compared to March 31, 2025 and an increase of $219 thousand compared to June 30, 2024. The decrease compared to March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by the incorporation of post-COVID lower credit loss history in the bank’s allowance for unfunded commitments model and lower commitments. The increase compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the Acquisition.

    Non-performing loans were $10.1 million, or 0.43%, of total loans, net of unearned income, at June 30, 2025 compared to $10.0 million, or 0.43%, of total loans at March 31, 2025 and $3.1 million, or 0.19%, of total loans at June 30, 2024. The increase in non-performing loans at June 30, 2025 compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by one long-standing commercial relationship in the healthcare industry, comprised of both owner-occupied commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, that moved into non-performing loan status during 2024 and by the Acquisition. Annualized net charge-offs for the three months ended June 30, 2025 were 0.01% of total average loans compared to 0.01% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 0.00% for the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Deposits and Borrowings

    Deposits totaled $2.52 billion at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $15.5 million from March 31, 2025 and an increase of $686.0 million from June 30, 2024. Included in total deposits at June 30, 2025 were $568.3 million of noninterest-bearing deposits, which increased $5.6 million and $88.6 million from March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. Total interest-bearing deposits were $1.96 billion at June 30, 2025 a decrease of $21.1 million from March 31, 2025 and an increase of $597.4 million from June 30, 2024. The decrease from March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by the withdrawal of a significant 1031 Exchange deposit held on behalf of a commercial customer. Time deposits, included in interest-bearing deposits, increased $3.3 million and $225.0 million since March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively. In June 2025, ACNB Bank issued $20.0 million in brokered time deposits to partially offset the 1031 Exchange deposit withdrawal and the maturity of a $5.0 million brokered deposit during the quarter. The overall increase in total deposits compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the Acquisition.

    Total borrowings were $298.4 million at June 30, 2025, a decrease of $1.1 million and $5.9 million compared to March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

    Stockholders’ Equity

    Total stockholders’ equity was $395.2 million at June 30, 2025 compared to $386.9 million at March 31, 2025 and $289.3 million at June 30, 2024. The increase at June 30, 2025 compared to March 31, 2025 was driven primarily by net income of $11.6 million slightly offset by dividends paid of $3.5 million and common stock repurchased of $3.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase at June 30, 2025 compared to June 30, 2024 was driven primarily by the common stock equity issued in the Acquisition.

    Tangible book value1 per share was $29.30, $28.23 and $27.82 at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

    ACNB repurchased 71,592 shares of ACNB common stock in open market transactions during the three months ended June 30, 2025. On June 18, 2025, the Corporation announced that the Board of Directors approved a plan to repurchase, in open market transactions at prevailing market prices, up to 314,000 shares or approximately 3.0%, of the outstanding shares of ACNB’s common stock. This new common stock open market repurchase plan replaces and supersedes any and all earlier announced repurchase plans. There were no shares repurchased under this plan during the three months ended June 30, 2025.

    _______________
    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the page titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.

    About ACNB Corporation

    ACNB Corporation, headquartered in Gettysburg, PA, is the independent $3.26 billion financial holding company for the wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACNB Bank, Gettysburg, PA, including its operating divisions Traditions Bank and Traditions Mortgage, and ACNB Insurance Services, Inc., Westminster, MD. Originally founded in 1857, ACNB Bank serves its marketplace with banking and wealth management services, including trust and retail brokerage, via a network of 33 community banking offices and one loan office located in the Pennsylvania counties of Adams, Cumberland, Franklin, Lancaster and York, and the Maryland counties of Baltimore, Carroll and Frederick. ACNB Insurance Services, Inc. is a full-service insurance agency with licenses in 46 states. The agency offers a broad range of property, casualty, health, life and disability insurance serving personal and commercial clients through office locations in Westminster, MD and Gettysburg, PA. For more information regarding ACNB Corporation and its subsidiaries, please visit investor.acnb.com.

    SAFE HARBOR AND FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS – Should there be a material subsequent event prior to the filing of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the financial information reported in this press release is subject to change to reflect the subsequent event. In addition to historical information, this press release may contain forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, (a) projections or statements regarding future earnings, expenses, net interest income, other income, earnings or loss per share, asset mix and quality, growth prospects, capital structure, and other financial terms, (b) statements of plans and objectives of Management or the Board of Directors, and (c) statements of assumptions, such as economic conditions in the Corporation’s market areas. Such forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “intends”, “will”, “should”, “anticipates”, or the negative of any of the foregoing or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy. Forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties such as national, regional and local economic conditions, competitive factors, and regulatory limitations. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Such risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results and experience to differ from those projected include, but are not limited to, the following: short-term and long-term effects of inflation and rising costs on the Corporation, customers and economy; banking instability caused by bank failures and financial uncertainty of various banks which may adversely impact the Corporation and its securities and loan values, deposit stability, capital adequacy, financial condition, operations, liquidity, and results of operations; effects of governmental and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes; effects of new laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) and their application with which the Corporation and its subsidiaries must comply; impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards; effects of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters; ineffectiveness of the business strategy due to changes in current or future market conditions; future actions or inactions of the United States government, including the effects of short-term and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and a failure to increase the government debt limit or a prolonged shutdown of the federal government; effects of economic conditions particularly with regard to the negative impact of any pandemic, epidemic or health-related crisis and the responses thereto on the operations of the Corporation and current customers, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans; effects of competition, and of changes in laws and regulations on competition, including industry consolidation and development of competing financial products and services; inflation, securities market and monetary fluctuations; risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities, and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks; difficulties in acquisitions and integrating and operating acquired business operations, including information technology difficulties; challenges in establishing and maintaining operations in new markets; effects of technology changes; effects of general economic conditions and more specifically in the Corporation’s market areas; failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for credit losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities; acts of war or terrorism or geopolitical instability; disruption of credit and equity markets; ability to manage current levels of impaired assets; loss of certain key officers; ability to maintain the value and image of the Corporation’s brand and protect the Corporation’s intellectual property rights; continued relationships with major customers; and, potential impacts to the Corporation from continually evolving cybersecurity and other technological risks and attacks, including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses. Management considers subsequent events occurring after the balance sheet date for matters which may require adjustment to, or disclosure in, the consolidated financial statements. The review period for subsequent events extends up to and including the filing date of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements when filed with the SEC. Accordingly, the financial information in this announcement is subject to change. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. They only reflect Management’s analysis as of this date. The Corporation does not revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or changed circumstances. Please carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the Corporation files from time to time with the SEC, including the Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Please also carefully review any Current Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Corporation with the SEC.

    ACNB #2025-10
    July 24, 2025

    ACNB Corporation Financial Highlights Selected Financial Data by Respective Quarter End (Unaudited)
     
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024
    BALANCE SHEET DATA          
    Total Assets $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,394,830   $ 2,420,914   $ 2,457,753  
    Investment securities   520,758     521,306     459,472     483,604     483,868  
    Total loans, net of unearned income   2,341,816     2,322,209     1,682,910     1,677,112     1,679,600  
    Allowance for credit losses   (24,353 )   (24,646 )   (17,280 )   (17,214 )   (17,162 )
    Deposits   2,524,541     2,540,009     1,792,501     1,791,317     1,838,588  
    Allowance for unfunded commitments   1,529     1,883     1,394     1,349     1,310  
    Borrowings   298,395     299,531     271,159     293,091     304,286  
    Stockholders’ equity   395,151     386,883     303,273     306,755     289,331  
    INCOME STATEMENT DATA          
    Interest and dividend income $         41,576   $ 36,290   $ 27,381   $ 27,241   $ 26,869  
    Interest expense   10,564     9,200     6,269     6,299     5,905  
    Net interest income   31,012     27,090     21,112     20,942     20,964  
    (Reversal of) provision for credit losses   (228 )   5,968     249     81     (2,990 )
    (Reversal of) provision for unfunded commitments   (354 )   (480 )   44     40     (259 )
    Net interest income after (reversal of) provisions for credit losses and unfunded commitments   31,594     21,602     20,819     20,821     24,213  
    Noninterest income   8,682     7,184     5,803     6,833     6,427  
    Noninterest expenses   25,366     29,335     18,388     18,244     16,391  
    Income (loss) before income taxes   14,910     (549 )   8,234     9,410     14,249  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   3,262     (277 )   1,639     2,206     2,970  
    Net income (loss) $         11,648   $ (272 ) $ 6,595   $ 7,204   $ 11,279  
    PROFITABILITY RATIOS          
    Total loans, net of unearned income to deposits   92.76 %   91.43 %   93.89 %   93.62 %   91.35 %
    Return on average assets (annualized)   1.43     (0.04 )   1.08     1.17     1.86  
    Return on average equity (annualized)   11.96     (0.31 )   8.57     9.63     16.12  
    Efficiency ratio1   56.21     60.13     63.83     60.56     58.61  
    FTE Net interest margin   4.21     4.07     3.81     3.77     3.82  
    Yield on average earning assets   5.64     5.45     4.93     4.90     4.89  
    Yield on investment securities   2.95     2.91     2.58     2.59     2.65  
    Yield on total loans   6.29     6.08     5.61     5.56     5.53  
    Cost of funds   1.50     1.45     1.19     1.19     1.12  
    PER SHARE DATA          
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share $         1.11   $ (0.03 ) $ 0.77   $ 0.84   $ 1.32  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.34     0.32     0.32     0.32     0.32  
    Tangible book value per share1   29.30     28.23     29.51     29.90     27.82  
    CAPITAL RATIOS2
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   10.97 %   11.81 %   12.52 %   12.46 %   12.25 %
    Common equity tier 1 ratio   13.96     13.65     16.27     16.07     15.78  
    Tier 1 risk based capital ratio   14.17     13.86     16.56     16.36     16.07  
    Total risk based capital ratio   15.75     15.45     18.36     18.15     17.86  
    CREDIT QUALITY                              
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding (annualized)   0.01 %   0.01 %   0.04 %   0.01 %   0.00 %
    Total non-performing loans to total loans, net of unearned income3   0.43     0.43     0.40     0.39     0.19  
    Total non-performing assets to total assets4   0.31     0.32     0.30     0.29     0.14  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans, net of unearned income   1.04     1.06     1.03     1.03     1.02  
                                   

    _______________
    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the calculation on the page titled “Non-GAAP Reconciliation” at the end of this document.
    2 Regulatory capital ratios as of June 30, 2025 are preliminary.
    3 Non-performing Loans consists of loans on nonaccrual status and loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest.
    4 Non-performing Assets consists of Non-performing Loans and Foreclosed assets held for resale.

    Consolidated Statements of Condition
    (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 June 30, 2024
    ASSETS      
    Cash and due from banks $         32,834   $ 23,422   $ 26,681  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   70,275     100,141     59,593  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   103,109     123,563     86,274  
    Equity securities with readily determinable fair values   936     933     919  
    Investment securities available for sale, at estimated fair value   455,317     455,819     418,364  
    Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value $56,420, $56,219 and $57,026)   64,505     64,554     64,585  
    Loans held for sale   16,455     21,413     1,801  
    Total loans, net of unearned income   2,341,816     2,322,209     1,679,600  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses   (24,353 )   (24,646 )   (17,162 )
    Loans, net   2,317,463     2,297,563     1,662,438  
    Premises and equipment, net   31,581     32,398     25,760  
    Right of use asset   4,657     5,440     2,278  
    Restricted investment in bank stocks   13,533     13,560     11,853  
    Investment in bank-owned life insurance   96,104     98,814     80,841  
    Investments in low-income housing partnerships   814     846     940  
    Goodwill   64,449     64,449     44,185  
    Intangible assets, net   24,694     25,835     8,446  
    Foreclosed assets held for resale   32     438     406  
    Other assets   65,879     64,416     48,663  
    Total Assets $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,457,753  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest-bearing $         568,301   $ 562,700   $ 479,726  
    Interest-bearing   1,956,240     1,977,309     1,358,862  
    Total Deposits   2,524,541     2,540,009     1,838,588  
    Short-term borrowings   43,041     44,188     48,974  
    Long-term borrowings   255,354     255,343     255,312  
    Lease liability   4,946     5,790     2,278  
    Allowance for unfunded commitments   1,529     1,883     1,310  
    Other liabilities   34,966     35,945     21,960  
    Total Liabilities   2,864,377     2,883,158     2,168,422  
           
    Stockholders’ Equity:      
    Preferred Stock, $2.50 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024   —     —     —  
    Common stock, $2.50 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 11,017,121, 11,011,051, and 8,934,495 shares issued; 10,478,149, 10,543,671, and 8,545,629 shares outstanding at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively   27,539     27,521     22,330  
    Treasury stock, at cost; 538,972, 467,380, and 388,866 at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively   (17,167 )   (14,309 )   (11,101 )
    Additional paid-in capital   178,553     178,011     98,230  
    Retained earnings   239,077     230,978     226,271  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (32,851 )   (35,318 )   (46,399 )
    Total Stockholders’ Equity   395,151     386,883     289,331  
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,457,753  
                       
    Consolidated Income Statements
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   2025     2024     2025     2024  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME        
    Loans, including fees        
    Taxable $         36,555   $ 22,675   $         68,231   $ 44,145  
    Tax-exempt   317     313     609     632  
    Investment securities:        
    Taxable   3,283     2,665     6,185     5,576  
    Tax-exempt   283     284     571     568  
    Dividends   307     248     647     488  
    Other   831     684     1,623     1,434  
    Total Interest and Dividend Income   41,576     26,869     77,866     52,843  
    INTEREST EXPENSE        
    Deposits   7,284     2,643     13,280     4,803  
    Short-term borrowings   341     304     635     643  
    Long-term borrowings   2,939     2,958     5,849     5,840  
    Total Interest Expense   10,564     5,905     19,764     11,286  
    Net Interest Income   31,012     20,964     58,102     41,557  
    (Reversal of) provision for credit losses   (228 )   (2,990 )   5,740     (2,767 )
    (Reversal of) provision for unfunded commitments   (354 )   (259 )   (834 )   (410 )
    Net Interest Income after (Reversal of) Provisions for Credit Losses and Unfunded Commitments   31,594     24,213     53,196     44,734  
    NONINTEREST INCOME        
    Insurance commissions   2,908     2,747     5,055     4,862  
    Service charges on deposits   1,179     1,021     2,273     2,012  
    Wealth management   1,090     1,069     2,150     2,031  
    Gain from mortgage loans held for sale   1,575     34     2,430     82  
    ATM debit card charges   905     841     1,736     1,660  
    Earnings on investment in bank-owned life insurance   627     493     1,207     970  
    Gain on life insurance proceeds   31     —     285     —  
    Net gains on sales or calls of investment securities   22     —     22     69  
    Net gains (losses) on equity securities   3     1     17     (9 )
    Other   342     221     691     417  
    Total Noninterest Income   8,682     6,427     15,866     12,094  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSES        
    Salaries and employee benefits   13,693     10,426     26,554     21,594  
    Equipment   2,539     1,570     4,819     3,299  
    Net occupancy   1,277     991     2,719     2,121  
    Professional services   743     529     1,320     1,145  
    FDIC and regulatory   435     348     836     723  
    Other tax   220     356     747     726  
    Intangible assets amortization   1,141     315     1,998     636  
    Merger-related   1,943     23     9,974     23  
    Other   3,375     1,833     5,734     3,786  
    Total Noninterest Expenses   25,366     16,391     54,701     34,053  
    Income Before Income Taxes   14,910     14,249     14,361     22,775  
    Income tax expense   3,262     2,970     2,985     4,728  
    Net Income $         11,648   $ 11,279   $         11,376   $ 18,047  
    PER SHARE DATA        
    Basic earnings $         1.11   $ 1.32   $         1.12   $ 2.12  
    Diluted earnings $         1.11   $ 1.32   $         1.12   $ 2.12  
    Weighted average shares basic   10,451,469     8,502,268     10,130,666     8,497,686  
    Weighted average shares diluted   10,487,519     8,540,706     10,157,331     8,526,177  
                             
    Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates
            
      Three months ended
    June 30, 2025    		 Three months ended
    March 31, 2025
    		 Three months ended
    December 31, 2024
    		 Three months ended
    September 30, 2024
    		 Three months ended
    June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance    		 Interest1 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate    		 Average
    Balance

    Interest1

    		 Yield/
    Rate
    ASSETS                            
    Loans:                            
    Taxable $ 2,296,429   $ 36,555   6.38 % $ 2,080,231   $ 31,676 6.18 % $ 1,619,245   $ 23,294 5.72 % $ 1,618,879   $ 23,108 5.68 % $ 1,612,380   $ 22,675 5.66 %
    Tax-exempt   58,903     401   2.73     57,969     370 2.59     57,683     366 2.52     62,401     394 2.51     64,276     396 2.48  
    Total Loans2   2,355,332     36,956   6.29     2,138,200     32,046 6.08     1,676,928     23,660 5.61     1,681,280     23,502 5.56     1,676,656     23,071 5.53  
    Investment Securities:                                  
    Taxable   482,933     3,590   2.98     447,986     3,242 2.93     431,338     2,786 2.57     441,135     2,868 2.59     442,390     2,913 2.65  
    Tax-exempt   54,261     358   2.65     54,659     365 2.71     54,453     359 2.62     54,549     359 2.62     54,644     359 2.64  
    Total Investments3   537,194     3,948   2.95     502,645     3,607 2.91     485,791     3,145 2.58     495,684     3,227 2.59     497,034     3,272 2.65  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   77,348     831   4.31     73,181     792 4.39     60,104     728 4.82     48,794     670 5.46     50,851     684 5.41  
    Total Earning Assets   2,969,874     41,735   5.64     2,714,026     36,445 5.45     2,222,823     27,533 4.93     2,225,758     27,399 4.90     2,224,541     27,027 4.89  
    Cash and due from banks   25,610               20,603         20,413         21,684         21,041      
    Premises and equipment   32,019               29,903         25,679         25,716         25,903      
    Other assets   255,624               224,522         181,180         184,105         187,937      
    Allowance for credit losses   (24,615 )             (19,939 )       (17,153 )       (17,147 )       (20,124 )    
    Total Assets $ 3,258,512             $ 2,969,115       $ 2,432,942       $ 2,440,116       $ 2,439,298      
    LIABILITIES                                      
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $ 612,812   $         514   0.34 % $ 573,341     $ 524   0.37 % $ 519,833     $ 511   0.39 % $ 518,368     $ 552   0.42 % $ 513,163     $ 275   0.22 %
    Money markets   536,755     2,706   2.02     447,297       1,984   1.80     251,781       747   1.18     246,653       692   1.12     248,191       613   0.99  
    Savings deposits   342,327     27   0.03     331,103       27   0.03     315,512       34   0.04     318,291       26   0.03     327,274       30   0.04  
    Time deposits   473,589     4,037   3.42     410,749       3,461   3.42     268,559       1,987   2.94     258,053       1,842   2.84     263,045       1,725   2.64  
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits   1,965,483     7,284   1.49     1,762,490       5,996   1.38     1,355,685       3,279   0.96     1,341,365       3,112   0.92     1,351,673       2,643   0.79  
    Short-term borrowings   44,515     341   3.07     38,721       294   3.08     23,087       12   0.21     38,666       204   2.10     37,256       304   3.28  
    Long-term borrowings   255,347     2,939   4.62     257,558       2,910   4.58     255,326       2,978   4.64     255,316       2,983   4.65     255,305       2,958   4.66  
    Total Borrowings   299,862     3,280   4.39     296,279       3,204   4.39     278,413       2,990   4.27     293,982       3,187   4.31     292,561       3,262   4.48  
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities   2,265,345     10,564   1.87     2,058,769       9,200   1.81     1,634,098       6,269   1.53     1,635,347       6,299   1.53     1,644,234       5,905   1.44  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   563,321         512,966           464,949           477,350           485,351        
    Other liabilities   39,271         36,934           27,887           29,946           28,348        
    Stockholders’ Equity   390,575         360,446           306,008           297,473           281,365        
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $ 3,258,512       $ 2,969,115         $ 2,432,942         $ 2,440,116         $ 2,439,298        
    Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income     31,171           27,245           21,264           21,100           21,122    
    Taxable Equivalent Adjustment     (159 )         (155 )         (152 )         (158 )         (158 )  
    Net Interest Income   $ 31,012         $ 27,090         $ 21,112         $ 20,942         $ 20,964    
    Cost of Funds     1.50 %       1.45 %       1.19 %       1.19 %       1.12 %
    FTE Net Interest Margin     4.21 %       4.07 %       3.81 %       3.77 %       3.82 %
                                                     

    _______________
    1     Income on interest-earning assets has been computed on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis using the 21% federal income tax statutory rate.
    2 Average balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income.
    3 Average balances of investment securities is computed at fair value.

    Average Balances, Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates
                                       
      Six months ended June 30, 2025   Six months ended June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands)   Average Balance     Interest1   Yield/ Rate       Average Balance     Interest1   Yield/ Rate  
    ASSETS                                  
    Loans:                                  
    Taxable $         2,188,852   $         68,231   6.29 %   $ 1,592,745   $ 44,145   5.57 %
    Tax-exempt   58,438     771   2.66       65,050   800   2.47  
    Total Loans2   2,247,290     69,002   6.19       1,657,795   44,945   5.45  
    Investment Securities:                    
    Taxable   465,556     6,832   2.96       454,928   6,064   2.68  
    Tax-exempt   54,459     723   2.68       54,692   719   2.64  
    Total Investments3   520,015     7,555   2.93       509,620   6,783   2.68  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   75,276     1,623   4.35       52,504   1,434   5.49  
    Total Earning Assets   2,842,581     78,180   5.55       2,219,919   53,162   4.82  
    Cash and due from banks   23,120             20,790      
    Premises and equipment   30,967             26,051      
    Other assets   240,235             187,458      
    Allowance for credit losses   (22,290 )           (20,044 )    
    Total Assets $         3,114,613           $ 2,434,174      
    LIABILITIES            
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $         593,185   $         1,038   0.35 %   $ 512,932   $ 540   0.21 %
    Money markets   492,273     4,690   1.92       248,244     1,149   0.93  
    Savings deposits   336,746     54   0.03       331,244     58   0.04  
    Time deposits   442,343     7,498   3.42       253,763     3,056   2.42  
    Total Interest-Bearing Deposits   1,864,547     13,280   1.44       1,346,183     4,803   0.72  
    Short-term borrowings   41,634     635   3.08       42,170     643   3.07  
    Long-term borrowings   256,447     5,849   4.60       252,004     5,840   4.66  
    Total Borrowings   298,081     6,484   4.39       294,174     6,483   4.43  
    Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities   2,162,628     19,764   1.84       1,640,357     11,286   1.38  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   538,282             485,999          
    Other liabilities   38,109             27,626          
    Stockholders’ Equity   375,594             280,192          
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $         3,114,613           $ 2,434,174          
    Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Income     58,416             41,876    
    Taxable Equivalent Adjustment     (314 )           (319 )  
    Net Interest Income   $         58,102           $ 41,557    
    Cost of Funds     1.48 %       1.07 %
    FTE Net Interest Margin     4.14 %       3.79 %

    _______________
    1 Income on interest-earning assets has been computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis (FTE) using the 21% federal income tax statutory rate.
    2 Average balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income.
    3 Average balances of investment securities is computed at fair value.

    Non-GAAP Reconciliation

    Note: The Corporation has presented the following non-GAAP financial measures because it believes that these measures provide useful and comparative information to assess trends in the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition. These non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the Corporation’s industry. Investors should recognize that the Corporation’s presentation of these non- GAAP financial measures might not be comparable to similarly-titled measures of other corporations. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for GAAP basis measures, and the Corporation strongly encourages a review of its condensed consolidated financial statements in their entirety.

      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) June 30, 2025 March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 September 30, 2024 June 30, 2024
    Tangible book value per share          
    Stockholders’ equity $         395,151   $ 386,883   $ 303,273   $ 306,755   $ 289,331  
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets   (89,143 )   (90,284 )   (52,023 )   (52,327 )   (52,631 )
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (numerator) $         306,008   $ 296,599   $ 251,250   $ 254,428   $ 236,700  
    Shares outstanding, less unvested shares, end of period (denominator)   10,442,269     10,506,822     8,515,347     8,510,187     8,507,191  
    Tangible book value per share $         29.30   $ 28.23   $ 29.51   $ 29.90   $ 27.82  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (TCE/TA Ratio)          
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (numerator) $         306,008   $ 296,599   $ 251,250   $ 254,428   $ 236,700  
    Total assets $         3,259,528   $ 3,270,041   $ 2,394,830   $ 2,420,914   $ 2,457,753  
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets   (89,143 )   (90,284 )   (52,023 )   (52,327 )   (52,631 )
    Total tangible assets (denominator) $         3,170,385   $ 3,179,757   $ 2,342,807   $ 2,368,587   $ 2,405,122  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets   9.65 %   9.33 %   10.72 %   10.74 %   9.84 %
    Efficiency Ratio          
    Noninterest expense $         25,366   $ 29,335   $ 18,388   $ 18,244   $ 16,391  
    Less: Intangible amortization   1,141     857     304     304     315  
    Less: Merger-related expense   1,943     8,031     885     1,137     23  
    Noninterest expense (numerator) $         22,282   $ 20,447   $ 17,199   $ 16,803   $ 16,053  
    Net interest income $         31,012   $ 27,090   $ 21,112   $ 20,942   $ 20,964  
    Plus: Total noninterest income   8,682     7,184     5,803     6,833     6,427  
    Less: Gain on life insurance proceeds   31     254     —     —     —  
    Less: Net gains on sales or calls of securities   22     —     —     —     —  
    Less: Net gains (losses) on equity securities   3     14     (28 )   28     1  
    Total revenue (denominator) $         39,638   $ 34,006   $ 26,943   $ 27,747   $ 27,390  
    Efficiency ratio   56.21 %   60.13 %   63.83 %   60.56 %   58.61 %
                                   
    Contact:    Jason H. Weber
    EVP/Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer
    717.339.5090
    jweber@acnb.com
         

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI Africa: Enlit Africa 2025 Post Event Report has launched: A defining moment for Africa’s power, energy, and water sectors

    Source: APO

    Enlit Africa (http://apo-opa.co/46V5oxu), brought to you by VUKA Group (https://WeAreVUKA.com), is thrilled to announce the release of the Enlit Africa 2025 Post Event Report, a comprehensive summary of the transformative three-day event held in Cape Town. With over 7,000 attendees from 68 countries, this year’s gathering solidified its position as a pivotal platform for driving Africa’s energy and water transition forward.

    The report captures the essence of an event that went beyond dialogue, showcasing real action, bold thinking, and meaningful connections under the theme “Challenge the Status Quo.” It offers a detailed look at the conversations, innovations, and outcomes that are shaping the future of Africa’s power, energy, and water sectors.

    Download the report (http://apo-opa.co/4kWSaUn)

    What’s Inside the Report?

    Key Themes: The report offers key insight into critical discussions on small modular reactor (SMR) regulation, battery storage, tariff reform, and municipal turnaround strategies, and highlights how these issues are reshaping the continent’s energy agenda and driving tangible progress.

    Event Highlights:

    From inspiring keynotes by leaders like South Africa’s Minister Kgosientsho Ramokgopa to the Renewable Energy & Storage Hub addressing grid and finance gaps, the report showcases moments that defined the event.

    The Project & Investment Network facilitated connections between projects and funding, while Women in Energy celebrated inclusive leadership. Water Security Africa reframed water as critical infrastructure.

    Site Visit Snapshots:

    Beyond the conference, delegates visited live sites showcasing generation, distribution, water, and hybrid energy systems. The report includes reflections on smart infrastructure, storage systems, and sustainable designs in action.

    Top Strategic Recommendations:

    Actionable guidance across technology, policy, investment, and human capital, backed by evidence and ready for implementation.

    Impact by the Numbers:

    Data-driven insights into the event’s reach and influence, offering proof of the growing momentum behind Africa’s energy and water transition. From ROI validation to partnership scouting, the metrics provide essential context for decision-makers.

    A Call to Action

    The conversations at Enlit Africa 2025 sparked a movement, but the work doesn’t stop here. The Post Event Report is a tool to reconnect with key moments, reflect on critical insights, and stay ahead in shaping Africa’s sustainable future.

    Download your copy (http://apo-opa.co/46V5oxu) of the Enlit Africa 2025 Post Event Report today to explore the metrics, strategies, and stories behind the movement. Join us in carrying this momentum forward as we continue to transform Africa’s power, energy, and water sectors together.

    Save the date for Enlit Africa 2026: 19 – 21 May 2026 at the CTICC in Cape Town, South Africa. Pre-register here (http://apo-opa.co/4o0ihwx).

    Distributed by APO Group on behalf of VUKA Group.

    Contact details:
    For sponsorship or exhibition opportunities, contact Marcel du Toit: marcel.dutoit@wearevuka.com

    For speaking opportunities, contact Boipelo Mothlowa: Boipelo.mothlowa@wearevuka.com

    For media enquiries, contact Natalie Simms: Natalie.simms@wearevuka.com

    About Enlit Africa:
    Enlit Africa brings the top manufacturers, associations, institutions, and government leaders together to shape a sustainable, prosperous energy and water future for Africa. A leading power, energy and water conference and exhibition, Enlit Africa is designed to provide a unique platform to connect decision-makers and determine Africa’s future direction of travel. 

    Enlit Africa takes place annually at the CTICC, Cape Town, South Africa. The event is CPD accredited by the SAIEE and SAICE, thereby contributing to the professional development of industry experts.

    For more information, please visit the Enlit Africa website at https://Enlit-Africa.com or contact our team at info@enlit-africa.com.

    About The VUKA Group:
    VUKA Group (https://WeAreVUKA.com) brings people and organisations together to connect with information and each other in meaningful conversations to reach the next level of growth in their industry ecosystem. With 20 years of experience in Africa, the group serves the Energy, Mining, Smart Mobility, Transport and Retail sectors, through a range of industry touchpoints across digital, print and in-person platforms. With a commitment to data at its core, the group is well-positioned to support industry stakeholders today and into the future. Operating from Cape Town, South Africa the group is actively involved in projects across continental Africa and boasts a diverse African team who take great pride in the work they do for the sectors and markets they serve.

    Media files

    .

    MIL OSI Africa –

  • MIL-OSI Africa: President hails BMW’s local production of plug-in hybrid as milestone for green mobility

    Source: Government of South Africa

    President Cyril Ramaphosa has lauded BMW South Africa’s launch of the locally produced BMW X3 plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV) as a significant leap toward a low-carbon future and a boost for South Africa’s industrial and economic growth.

    Speaking at BMW’s Rosslyn plant in Tshwane on Thursday, the President praised the milestone as a symbol of trust in the country, as well as a demonstration of BMW Group’s long-standing commitment to the South African market. 

    The President highlighted that this world-class facility was the first BMW plant to be built outside of Germany and has been at the centre of the group’s operations since 1973. 

    “A number of world-class vehicles are manufactured right here at this plant, including both ICE and hybrid models from the BMW X family. And now, we have reached another milestone with the production of the BMW X3 plug-in hybrid electric vehicle.  

    “The shift to green mobility and electrification in vehicle production is in line with commitments by countries to reduce emissions and support the transition to a low-carbon, climate resilient global economy. We are greatly encouraged by this milestone reached by the BMW Group,” the President said. 

    WATCH | 

    [embedded content]

    President Ramaphosa said the Rosslyn plant remains a pillar of South Africa’s automotive sector, which contributes approximately 4.9% to the country’s GDP, sustains over 115 000 direct manufacturing jobs, and supports more than half a million jobs across its value chain.

    BMW’s investment in local manufacturing comes at a time when South Africa is working to position itself as a globally competitive hub for future mobility. 

    “As the transition to battery electric vehicles, plug-in hybrids and hydrogen mobility gathers momentum, South Africa is perfectly positioned as a key global manufacturing base for the mobility of the future,” President Ramaphosa said.

    He reaffirmed government’s commitment to enabling this shift, highlighting the recently released Electric Vehicle White Paper and an incentive programme under the Automotive Production and Development Programme (APDP). 

    These are aimed at creating a stable and predictable policy environment to attract investment, grow exports, and expand the local electric vehicle (EV) market. 

    “The production of the BMW X3 plug-in hybrid locally is a testament to the trust placed in our skills, our workers, our partnerships and our potential. Let us honour this achievement by staying the course, driving transformation, creating jobs and leading Africa’s industrial future,” he said.

    President Ramaphosa also touched on the strategic opportunity presented by South Africa’s mineral wealth. 

    “The global shift to clean vehicles presents opportunities for the local component manufacturing sector, whose focus has been on ICE components. With our significant reserves of critical minerals, we must become a hub for processing and beneficiation. 

    “We are finalising targeted incentives for battery cell localisation, EV component manufacture, clean mobility research and design, and critical mineral beneficiation,” he said. 

    The President also acknowledged the changing global trade landscape – particularly the recent announcements on tariffs by the United States. 

    “The recent announcements on tariffs by the United States, an important market for our vehicle exports, further underscores the need to diversity our export base and accelerate domestic value creation,” he said. 

    Youth development

    The President commended BMW’s commitment to youth development, including its training academy that produces 300 apprentices annually, its long-term support for the Youth Employment Service (YES), and its initiatives to develop young women leaders and black industrialists. 

    He also praised BMW’s investment in digital skills through its partnership with UNICEF and its Tshwane-based IT Hub, which employs more than 2 000 digital professionals.

    “As a founding partner of the Youth Employment Service, BMW has supported over 3 500 youth, with placements across all provinces and in diverse sectors such as retail, IT, education and health. 

    “BMW’s roots may be in Bavaria, but its beating heart is South African. We are proud of your presence. We are greatly encouraged by your ongoing investment as we strive to build the low-carbon economies of the future,” the President said.

    Looking ahead

    Calling on BMW to continue its role as a flagship partner in the South Africa Investment Conference (SAIC), the President urged the company to deepen localisation, expand youth training, lead in EV battery development, and support township-based supplier development.

    “As the Government of National Unity, we welcome the role you continue to play in supporting our drive for inclusive growth and job creation.  

    “BMW’s presence in the country is one of mutual interest and shared value. To the entire BMW team, you are building more than cars. 

    “You are building a legacy of excellence, inclusion and hope among South Africans. We look forward to continuing this partnership and supporting the next chapter of your journey,” the President said. – SAnews.gov.za

    MIL OSI Africa –

  • MIL-OSI: Drones Dominating the Skies with Increased Production Presenting a Rare Opportunity to Capitalize on Exponential Growth

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PALM BEACH, Fla., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FN Media Group News Commentary – A recent release from the Department of Defense (DOD) said that: “The Pentagon to Increase Low-Cost Drone Production in U.S. It said that the Defense Department, with help from industry, will ramp up production and fielding of drones to maintain battlefield superiority. Recently at the Pentagon, 18 American-made drone prototypes were on display. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, who toured the displays, said the drones that are manufactured using off-the-shelf components for rapid production are examples of disruptive thinking. Emil Michael, undersecretary of defense for research and engineering, said the prototypes on display went from concept to development in just an average of 18 months, a process that normally takes up to six years. The department will continue to rapidly innovate and scale up production of drones and other systems using cost, resilience, firepower and range as driving factors, which are areas DOD wants to improve upon,” Michael said. Hegseth said in a July 10, 2025, memorandum that he’s rescinding restrictive policies that hindered drone production. “Drones are the biggest battlefield innovation in a generation, accounting for most of this year’s casualties in Ukraine. Our adversaries collectively produce millions of cheap drones each year,” he said, noting the U.S. military is lacking needed quantities of lethal small drones.  Active Companies in the drone industries include ZenaTech, Inc. (NASDAQ: ZENA), Mercury Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: MRCY), Safe Pro Group Inc. (NASDAQ: SPAI), RTX Corporation (NYSE: RTX), AIRO Group Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: AIRO).

    The DOD release added: “The secretary said there are three goals: Prioritizing the purchase of American-made drones and parts with help from industry’s private capital; Arming combat units with low-cost drones made by America’s world-leading engineers and artificial intelligence experts; and Training with drones in realistic battlefield scenarios, led by leaders who are not risk averse.” The report concluded: “President Donald J. Trump signed a June 6, 2025, executive order to speed up U.S. drone production using the latest innovative industry technologies. The president said he supports reducing regulatory uncertainty and streamlining approval and certification processes for safe and secure drone production. Also, the Federal Aviation Administration and DOD will coordinate to streamline the approval processes to expand access to airspace for conducting drone training, Trump said.”

    ZenaTech (NASDAQ:ZENA) ZenaDrone Partners with Eagle Point Funding to Win US Defense Customers – ZenaTech, Inc. (FSE: 49Q) (BMV: ZENA) (“ZenaTech”), a business technology solution provider specializing in AI (Artificial Intelligence) drones, Drone as a Service (DaaS), Enterprise SaaS, and Quantum Computing solutions, today announces that its subsidiary ZenaDrone has signed a strategic partnership agreement with Eagle Point Funding, a specialized consultancy for technology and defense-focused companies, to help win US defense contracts. By leveraging Eagle Point’s deep expertise in R&D grant program opportunities, the company will gain structured support in identifying and preparing competitive proposals, and in establishing and expanding relationships within key US defense and government agencies.

    “Our collaboration with Eagle Point Funding will accelerate testing, pilot deployments, and enable long-term procurement discussions—helping ZenaDrone to advance as a key provider of American-made drone solutions,” said Shaun Passley, Ph.D., ZenaTech CEO. “Their expertise in navigating federal R&D funding programs such as SBIR and Department of Defense solicitations (DoD BAA), gives us a powerful advantage as we develop next-generation drone technologies aligned with US defense priorities. This partnership enhances our ability to accelerate product development, expand defense agency relationships, and unlock new growth without equity dilution.”

    Eagle Point Funding helps technology companies secure non-dilutive federal R&D grants and contracts from agencies such as the DoD, Air Force, Navy, and others. They specialize in programs such as the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR), Air Force Works (AFWERX), and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), guiding clients through the application process to win contracts.

    ZenaDrone has previously completed paid trials with the US Air Force and Navy Reserve, demonstrating its ability to deliver solutions including delivery of critical supplies such as blood in the field. The companies’ suite of drones for military use includes the ZenaDrone 1000, the IQ Nano and the IQ Square drone that are designed for a variety of applications including inspections, surveillance, reconnaissance, and indoor inventory management for warehouses and armories. Continued… Read this full release by visiting: https://www.financialnewsmedia.com/news-zena/

    Other recent developments in the drone industries include:

    Mercury Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ: MRCY), a technology company that delivers mission-critical processing to the edge, recently announced it signed two agreements with a European defense prime contractor to expand and accelerate production of processing subsystems and components for radar and electronic warfare missions.

    In June, Mercury extended this decades-long customer relationship with a five-year agreement that will enable faster, higher-volume production of sensor processing subsystems powered by Mercury’s HDS6605 6U OpenVPX multiprocessing boards for airborne, land-based, and sea-based radar systems.

    Safe Pro Group Inc. (NASDAQ: SPAI), a leader in artificial intelligence (AI)-powered defense and security solutions, recently announced the successful integration of its patented AI object detection models with drone platforms selected for the U.S. Army’s Short Range Reconnaissance (SRR) Program of Record. Safe Pro is seeking to provide the U.S. Army’s future fleet of drones with enhanced explosive threat detection, force protection and essential intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (ISR) capabilities utilizing the Company’s AI-powered computer vision technologies.

    This integration supports the U.S. Army’s evolving need for real-time threat detection and ISR capabilities across its next-generation drone fleet. Safe Pro’s proprietary computer vision technology enhances these drones with battlefield-proven AI models capable of rapidly identifying explosive threats and other hazards in complex environments.

    RTX Corporation (NYSE: RTX) recently reported second quarter 2025 results. “We continued our momentum in the second quarter with organic sales and profit growth* across all three segments, including 16 percent commercial aftermarket growth,” said RTX Chairman and CEO Chris Calio. “Our backlog grew to $236 billion, up 15 percent versus prior year, and we secured major awards for our geared turbofan engines and integrated air and missile defense capabilities in the quarter.”

    “Our updated outlook reflects strong operational performance in the first half and incorporates our current assessment of the impact of tariffs. We are focused on delivering on the strong growth in our commercial and defense end markets and remain well positioned to drive long term profitable growth.”

    AIRO Group Holdings, Inc (NASDAQ: AIRO), a global leader in advanced aerospace and defense technologies, recently announced at EAA AirVenture 2025 in Oshkosh, WI, the development of its new middle-mile, medium-lift cargo drone and the expansion of its operations into the YMX Innovation Zone in Mirabel, Quebec. The initiative is led by its Electric Air Mobility segment, Jaunt Air Mobility, and its Canadian subsidiary, Jaunt Air Mobility Canada.

    Jaunt’s presence in this hub for Advanced Air Mobility (AAM) innovation strengthens its collaboration with Vertiko Mobilité, a Canadian leader in AAM operations and ground infrastructure development, and benefits from the support of Aéroports de Montréal (ADM).

    The new cargo drone is designed to carry 250–500 lbs. over distances of 200+ miles, aiming to provide an efficient, low-emission alternative to traditional middle-mile freight solutions such as box trucks and tractor-trailers.

    About FN Media Group:

    At FN Media Group, via our top-rated online news portal at www.financialnewsmedia.com, we are one of the very few select firms providing top tier one syndicated news distribution, targeted ticker tag press releases and stock market news coverage for today’s emerging companies. #tickertagpressreleases #pressreleases

    Follow us on Facebook to receive the latest news updates: https://www.facebook.com/financialnewsmedia

    Follow us on Twitter for real time Market News: https://twitter.com/FNMgroup

    Follow us on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/financialnewsmedia/

    DISCLAIMER:  FN Media Group LLC (FNM), which owns and operates FinancialNewsMedia.com and MarketNewsUpdates.com, is a third party publisher and news dissemination service provider, which disseminates electronic information through multiple online media channels. FNM is NOT affiliated in any manner with any company mentioned herein.  FNM and its affiliated companies are a news dissemination solutions provider and are NOT a registered broker/dealer/analyst/adviser, holds no investment licenses and may NOT sell, offer to sell or offer to buy any security.  FNM’s market updates, news alerts and corporate profiles are NOT a solicitation or recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.  The material in this release is intended to be strictly informational and is NEVER to be construed or interpreted as research material.  All readers are strongly urged to perform research and due diligence on their own and consult a licensed financial professional before considering any level of investing in stocks.  All material included herein is republished content and details which were previously disseminated by the companies mentioned in this release.  FNM is not liable for any investment decisions by its readers or subscribers.  Investors are cautioned that they may lose all or a portion of their investment when investing in stocks.  For current services performed FNM has been compensated fifty one hundred dollars for news coverage of the current press releases issued by ZenaTech, Inc. by the Company.  FNM HOLDS NO SHARES OF ANY COMPANY NAMED IN THIS RELEASE.

    This release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and such forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. “Forward-looking statements” describe future expectations, plans, results, or strategies and are generally preceded by words such as “may”, “future”, “plan” or “planned”, “will” or “should”, “expected,” “anticipates”, “draft”, “eventually” or “projected”. You are cautioned that such statements are subject to a multitude of risks and uncertainties that could cause future circumstances, events, or results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements, including the risks that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, and other risks identified in a company’s annual report on Form 10-K or 10-KSB and other filings made by such company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You should consider these factors in evaluating the forward-looking statements included herein, and not place undue reliance on such statements. The forward-looking statements in this release are made as of the date hereof and FNM undertakes no obligation to update such statements.

    Contact Information:

    Media Contact email: editor@financialnewsmedia.com – +1(561)486-1799

    SOURCE: FN Media Group

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: Trader AI: This Trader AI App Sets New Standard in AI-Driven Trading with Unmatched Security and User Approval

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    New York City, NY, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Trader AI, a pioneering fintech platform specializing in AI-powered cryptocurrency trading, today announces the launch of its fully integrated trading robot tailored specifically for Canadian investors. Building on extensive development and rigorous testing, Trader AI delivers a secure, compliant, and highly automated solution designed to help both novice and experienced traders optimize returns while effectively managing risk.

    By seamlessly combining advanced machine learning algorithms, real-time market analysis, and regulatory compliance, Trader AI establishes itself as a frontrunner in the emerging landscape of AI-driven crypto trading. With the cryptocurrency market expanding rapidly—exceeding USD 50 billion in annual trading volume—investors are seeking innovative tools that simplify trading processes without compromising on security or transparency. Trader AI’s newly announced features and localized support address these needs directly, empowering Canadians to participate confidently in digital asset markets.

    Key Highlights:

    • AI-Powered Signal Generation: Proprietary machine learning models continuously scan global crypto markets to identify high-probability trade setups across major coins—including Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), and top altcoins—enabling swift, data-driven decision-making.
    • Fully Automated Execution: Direct API integrations with FINTRAC-registered Canadian brokerages ensure that algorithmic signals translate instantly into live orders, minimizing latency and slippage.
    • User-Centric Interface: A clean, intuitive dashboard guides users from registration to live trading in under 20 minutes, supported by a built-in demo mode for risk-free practice and an optional manual trading toggle for advanced traders.
    • Robust Risk Management: Dynamic stop-loss and take-profit mechanisms adjust automatically to real-time volatility metrics, while customizable position-sizing algorithms safeguard capital with preset risk thresholds.
    • Transparent Fee Structure: Trader AI requires a minimum deposit of USD 250 and operates commission-free—fees are embedded solely within market-standard spreads, ensuring full cost transparency.
    • Canadian-Focused Compliance: With partnerships in Ontario and British Columbia, Trader AI operates alongside regulated broker-dealers, maintains PIPEDA-aligned data practices, and offers optional KYC verification for withdrawals exceeding CAD 2,000 per month.
    • Localized Support & Education: 24/7 live chat, toll-free phone lines, region-specific webinars on taxation and compliance, and a bilingual knowledge base demonstrate Trader AI’s commitment to serving Canada’s diverse trading community.

    Visit Here to Register on the Trader AI – Select Your Country Here!!!

    Trader AI’s Mission: Democratizing Crypto Trading 

    In recent years, the cryptocurrency sector has witnessed explosive growth—often accompanied by elevated volatility, regulatory uncertainty, and a steep learning curve for newcomers. Recognizing these challenges, Trader AI was conceived to bridge the gap between sophisticated algorithmic trading and accessibility for everyday Canadians. By leveraging artificial intelligence, the platform aims to automate labor-intensive tasks such as trend analysis, technical indicator computation, and real-time order generation, freeing users from the need to monitor markets around the clock.

    How Trader AI Works: A Technical Overview

    According to official website, Trader AI’s core engine is anchored in a multi-layered AI architecture that integrates supervised learning, deep neural networks, and real-time data aggregation. Below is an outline of the platform’s operational framework:

    1. Comprehensive Market Data Aggregation
      • Trader AI continuously ingests live order book data, trade histories, volume indicators, and social sentiment inputs from over 20 global exchanges.
      • All incoming data undergoes cleaning and normalization, ensuring consistency for downstream machine learning modules.
    2. Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition
      • A combination of supervised models—trained on historical price movements from January 2017 to December 2024—and unsupervised clustering algorithms identify characteristic market patterns, such as sudden volume surges, technical divergence, and on-chain network activity that historically precedes price shifts.
      • Periodic model retraining occurs every four weeks, incorporating the most recent market data to adapt to evolving conditions.
    3. Signal Generation and Scoring
      • When the AI identifies a pattern that meets predefined confidence thresholds (typically 70–85% probability), it issues a trade signal complete with suggested entry price, stop-loss, take-profit levels, and ideal position size relative to account equity.
      • Each signal is assigned a Signal Quality Score (SQS)—a proprietary metric ranging from 0 to 100—that reflects confidence based on factors such as liquidity depth, volatility, and historical win rate for similar setups.
    4. Automated Order Execution
      • Upon user authorization (via the “Auto-Trade” toggle), signals are dispatched instantly through secure API connections to partnered Canadian brokerages and select international exchanges.
      • In live conditions, orders are executed with an average round-trip latency of under 150 milliseconds, minimizing the risk of slippage during periods of heightened volatility.
    5. Dynamic Risk Management
      • Stop-loss and take-profit parameters adjust in real-time based on Average True Range (ATR) and Bollinger Band expansions. For example, if an asset’s 24-hour volatility spikes above 8%, the AI narrows stop-loss bands by 10–15% to limit drawdown.
      • The platform’s Position Sizing Algorithm (PSA) calculates optimal trade size by referencing account balance, risk tolerance (e.g., 1–3% per trade), and portfolio diversification targets. Any deviation beyond preset risk thresholds triggers an automated alert or halts new allocations.

    Registration and Onboarding: Getting Started in Minutes

    Trader AI’s streamlined registration process has been optimized for speed, transparency, and regulatory compliance—ensuring that Canadian clients can begin trading quickly without unnecessary hurdles. The following steps outline the typical user journey from initial sign-up to live trading:

    1. Account Creation
      • Visit official website homepage, click “Sign Up,” and complete the registration form with basic information:
        • Full legal name
        • Email address
        • Country of residence (preselected as based on IP detection)
        • Phone number (for 2FA and important notifications)
      • Users must acknowledge the platform’s Terms of Service and Privacy Policy, both of which include specific disclosures regarding data handling under PIPEDA regulations.
    2. Email and Phone Verification
      • An email containing a verification link is sent immediately; clicking the link confirms the email address.
      • A one-time code (OTP) is dispatched to the registered phone number. Entering this code completes the two-step verification process.
    3. Demo Account Activation
      • Without any deposit requirement, new users receive CAD 10,000 in virtual funds to explore the platform’s features and test AI-generated signals.
      • The demo environment simulates real market conditions, including bid-ask spreads and execution latencies, enabling risk-free practice trades.
    4. Minimum Deposit and Funding Options
      • To transition from demo to live trading, a minimum deposit of USD 250 is required.
      • Canadian users may fund accounts via:
        • Interac e-Transfer: Funds clear within 1–2 business hours.
        • Credit/Debit Card (Visa/Mastercard): Instant funding up to CAD 5,000 per day for non-verified accounts.
        • Wire Transfer: Larger deposit limits (up to CAD 50,000 daily) with a 1–2 business day processing time.
      • Immediately after deposit confirmation, live trading features unlock—allowing users to choose between fully automated or manual signal execution.
    5. Optional KYC Verification
      • For withdrawals exceeding CAD 2,000 per month, users are prompted to complete Know Your Customer (KYC) verification by uploading:
        • A government-issued photo ID (e.g., driver’s license, passport)
        • Proof of address (e.g., utility bill, bank statement dated within the last 90 days)
      • KYC checks typically finalize within 24–48 hours, though urgent requests may be expedited upon user inquiry.
    6. Live Trading Activation
      • With funds deposited and (if necessary) KYC cleared, users can configure initial risk parameters—such as daily drawdown limits, maximum open trades, and preferred asset baskets.
      • The AI engine is now primed to generate signals. Traders can elect “Auto-Trade” to allow fully automated execution or opt to review and manually approve each AI recommendation.

    Core Features and Functionalities

    As per official website, Trader AI’s feature set has been refined to balance sophistication with usability—addressing the distinct needs of Canada’s diverse trading population. The following sections highlight the platform’s most compelling capabilities:

    1. AI-Powered Trade Signals

    • Proprietary Algorithms: Trader AI’s AI suite includes recurrent neural networks (RNNs) and convolutional neural networks (CNNs), which process time-series price data, order flow imbalances, and macroeconomic indicators to forecast short-term price movements.
    • Cross-Asset Analysis: Signals are not isolated to single-asset momentum. The system examines correlations between Bitcoin, major equities indices, and global macro events—such as central bank announcements—to adjust trading thresholds.
    • Signal Quality Score (SQS): Each trade recommendation includes an SQS metric (0–100) reflecting confidence based on factors like market depth, recent volatility shifts, and historical win rates for analogous setups. Users can filter signals by minimum SQS thresholds (e.g., ≥ 70) to ensure high-probability engagement.

    2. Automated Trade Execution

    • API Integrations: Trader AI maintains secure API connections with FINTRAC-registered Canadian brokerages—such as Maple Brokerage and Aurora Digital Assets—and renowned international exchanges. This reduces counterparty risk by routing orders through regulated entities rather than holding funds internally.
    • Low-Latency Order Routing: By co-locating servers near major exchange matching engines, Trader AI achieves average order round-trip times under 150 ms. This is critical during rapid price fluctuations when even small delays can erode profit margins.
    • Slippage Control: Users may elect “Maximum Slippage Tolerance” parameters (e.g., 0.1%–0.5% of trade size) to prevent orders from executing at disadvantageous prices. If slippage exceeds the user-defined threshold, orders are canceled automatically.

    3. Customizable Strategy Settings

    • Risk Tolerance Profiles: “Conservative,” “Moderate,” and “Aggressive” presets allow users to quickly adopt risk frameworks aligned with their goals. Conservative settings limit daily drawdown to 2% of account equity and cap leverage at 2x; moderate settings permit up to 4% drawdown and 5x leverage; aggressive settings enable up to 6% drawdown and 10x leverage (subject to brokerage approvals).
    • Asset Basket Creation: User-defined “Smart Baskets” group multiple cryptocurrencies—such as “Top 5 by Market Cap,” “Emerging DeFi Tokens,” or “Stablecoin Arbitrage.” The platform rebalances these baskets weekly based on performance, market capitalization changes, and liquidity metrics.
    • Volatility-Adaptive Stop-Loss: Stop-loss percentages are not static. Instead, they adjust proportionally to the 14-day Average True Range (ATR) and Bollinger Band expansions. For example, if the ATR for Bitcoin spikes from 2% to 4%, the stop-loss widens by 10–15% to avoid premature exit during heightened volatility.

    Join 125,000+ Traders Who’ve Unlocked Faster Withdrawals and Rock-Solid Security—Get Trader AI Now!

    4. Portfolio Diversification Engine

    • Balanced Allocation Recommendations: The AI provides suggested allocation percentages across multiple asset classes—e.g., 40% BTC, 25% ETH, 15% top-10 altcoins, and 20% stablecoins—based on risk-adjusted performance data and user-defined risk tolerance.
    • Correlated Asset Mitigation: By monitoring correlation coefficients between assets (e.g., BTC vs. ETH correlation of 0.85), the platform can reduce overweight positions to minimize systemic exposure. When correlation exceeds 0.9, the AI recommends temporary reallocation to lower-correlation assets.
    • Automated Rebalancing: Weekly portfolio rebalancing ensures that no single asset exceeds preset maximum exposure (e.g., 25% of total equity). If an asset’s value grows beyond this cap, the system executes partial sell orders and redistributes proceeds to underweighted categories.

    5. Comprehensive Reporting and Analytics

    • Real-Time Dashboard: The homepage features live P&L, open trade positions, daily profit percentages, and drawdown statistics. A customizable graph displays historical performance, including monthly ROI comparisons against benchmark indices like the S&P 500 and TSX Composite.
    • Sharpe Ratio & Sortino Ratio: Users can view risk-adjusted performance metrics to gauge risk efficiency. A Sharpe Ratio above 1.5 is highlighted in green, indicating favorable risk-adjusted returns. Sortino Ratio (which penalizes downside volatility) is also displayed for more precise risk assessment.
    • Trade History: A searchable log details each executed trade (entry price, exit price, timestamp, P&L, SQS). Users can filter by asset, date range, or trade outcome (win/loss). CSV export functionality enables further analysis in external tools.

    6. Security and Data Protection

    • SSL Encryption & Data Integrity: All data in transit is encrypted via AES 256-bit SSL/TLS protocols. Sensitive user information—such as login credentials and payment details—resides in encrypted databases with advanced hashing (bcrypt) and tokenization methods.
    • Two-Factor Authentication (2FA): Upon login, users must input their password followed by a one-time code generated through an authenticator app (e.g., Google Authenticator) or delivered via SMS. This two-tier verification effectively prevents unauthorized access, even if credentials are compromised.
    • Third-Party Security Audits: Leading cybersecurity firms—such as CanSecWest Security—conduct quarterly penetration tests and codebase reviews. Summary reports are shared with the Canadian Office of the Privacy Commissioner to demonstrate ongoing compliance with PIPEDA.
    • Data Residency: All Canadian user data is stored on servers located within Canada, ensuring compliance with provincial data sovereignty regulations. Backups occur daily and are encrypted with unique user-specific keys.

    Be Part of the AI Revolution—Download Trader Ai and Watch Your Portfolio Soar!

    7. Transparent Fee Structure

    • No Subscription Fees: Trader AI does not charge recurring platform fees—traders benefit from a zero-cost software model.
    • Embedded Spread-Only Costs: All trading costs are embedded in exchange spreads. For example:
      • BTC–USD: Typical spread between 0.10% and 0.20%.
      • ETH–USD: Typical spread between 0.12% and 0.22%.
      • Top Altcoins (e.g., LINK, DOT): Spreads between 0.20% and 0.40%.
    • Withdrawal Fees:
      • Interac e-Transfer (≤ CAD 1,000): Flat CAD 20 fee.
      • Interac e-Transfer (> CAD 1,000): No fee.
      • Wire Transfers: CAD 30 processing fee (waivable for account balances > CAD 10,000).
    • Currency Conversion Markup: For trades executed in USD or other foreign currencies, a transparent 0.25% conversion margin is applied—visibly displayed on the funding page prior to transaction confirmation.

    Unlock VIP-Caliber Trading Power—Visit Trader AI app and Level Up Your Game!

    Localized Support and Educational Initiatives

    Trader AI’s success in Canada is rooted in its investment in region-specific support and educational resources. Recognizing that regulatory requirements and tax implications for cryptocurrencies vary significantly from country to country, the platform has implemented multiple initiatives to guide Canadian users.

    1. Multi-Channel Customer Support

    • 24/7 Live Chat: Available directly on the website, live chat is staffed around the clock by bilingual (English/French) agents trained in both technical troubleshooting and Canadian regulatory guidelines.
    • Toll-Free Canadian Phone Lines: Operating daily from 8 AM to 8 PM ET, dedicated support lines (1-800-IMPATH1) ensure prompt resolution of urgent issues—ranging from account access difficulties to withdrawal queries.
    • Email Ticketing System: For non-urgent matters, users can submit support tickets via support@immediate-path.com. Average response time is 4–6 hours on weekdays; weekend requests are addressed within 12 hours.

    2. Dedicated Compliance Resources

    • Regulatory Updates Section: A rotating banner on the Trader AI homepage alerts users to any changes in Canadian crypto regulations—such as new FINTRAC reporting guidelines or provincial licensing requirements.
    • Tax Reporting Guides: Downloadable PDFs explain:
      • How to classify various transactions (spot trading, staking rewards, airdrops) for CRA reporting.
      • Strategies for netting gains and losses across multiple wallets and platforms—ensuring accurate portfolio-wide tax calculations.
    • AML & KYC Policy Disclosure: Users can review Trader AI’s anti-money-laundering protocols, including suspicious transaction reporting criteria and process flows for large withdrawals requiring enhanced due diligence.

    From Demo to Dollars: Transform Your Strategy with Trader AI High-Precision AI—Get Started Now

    Safety and Security

    As crypto regulatory framework continues to evolve, Trader AI remains committed to exceeding compliance standards and upholding the highest levels of security—minimizing risk for users and partners alike.

    1. Data Privacy and PIPEDA Compliance

    • PIPEDA-Aligned Privacy Policy: Trader AI’s privacy policy explicitly references the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA), ensuring that Canadian user data is collected, processed, and stored in accordance with federal requirements.
    • Data Residency: All Canadian user data is housed on servers located within Canadian jurisdiction (Toronto and Montreal data centers), offering additional protection under provincial data sovereignty regulations (e.g., Ontario’s provincial data residency requirements).
    • User Rights: Canadians retain full control over personal information—users can request access, correction, or deletion of their data at any time by contacting privacy@immediate-path.com.

    2. Encryption and Infrastructure Security

    • End-to-End SSL/TLS Encryption: All data transmitted between user browsers and Trader AI’s servers is encrypted via AES 256-bit SSL/TLS protocols, preventing interception or tampering.
    • Hashed Password Storage: User passwords are stored using bcrypt with a work factor of 12, making brute-force compromises computationally infeasible.
    • Intrusion Detection & Multi-Tenant Segmentation: Network traffic is continuously scanned by an Intrusion Detection System (IDS). Each user’s trading environment resides within an isolated container, preventing cross-account data leaks or unauthorized lateral movement by attackers.

    Comparative Performance: Backtesting and Live Results

    Trader AI’s performance results—both in backtesting and real-world conditions—underscore its capability to navigate dynamic crypto landscape:

    Backtesting Overview (January 2020–December 2024)

    • Annualized Return (Conservative Settings): 45%
      • Parameters: Maximum daily drawdown capped at 2%, trades limited to 07:00–16:00 EST (peak liquidity hours), leverage ≤ 2x.
      • Historical drawdown: 12% during March 2020 “Corona Crash.”
    • Annualized Return (Moderate Settings): 70%
      • Parameters: Daily drawdown ≤ 4%, 24/7 trading, leverage ≤ 5x.
      • Historical drawdown: 18% during May 2021 “Altseason Correction.”
    • Annualized Return (Aggressive Settings): 95%
      • Parameters: Daily drawdown ≤ 6%, leverage ≤ 10x, full asset basket allocation including high-volatility DeFi tokens.
      • Historical drawdown: 25% during November 2021 “Crypto Winter II.”

    Metrics

    • Average Win Rate: 62%
    • Average Risk/Reward Ratio: 1:1.8
    • Maximum Drawdown (Conservative): 12%
    • Maximum Drawdown (Aggressive): 25%

    Asset Coverage and Diversification Strategies

    Trader AI supports a broad spectrum of digital assets, enabling traders to construct diversified portfolios that mitigate risk and capture growth across multiple sectors:

    1. Major Cryptocurrencies
      • Bitcoin (BTC): The flagship asset, receiving the highest allocation in most conservative and moderate baskets.
      • Ethereum (ETH): Backbone of decentralized finance (DeFi) and smart contracts, featured prominently.
      • Litecoin (LTC), Bitcoin Cash (BCH), Ripple (XRP), Cardano (ADA): Liquid, established altcoins available for core portfolio building.
    2. Emerging DeFi and Layer-1 Tokens
      • Polkadot (DOT), Solana (SOL), Avalanche (AVAX): Rapidly scaling networks with robust ecosystems—suitable for moderate-risk allocations.
      • Chainlink (LINK), Aave (AAVE), Uniswap (UNI): Leading DeFi and oracle solutions that often exhibit high volatility paired with substantial upside potential.
    3. Metaverse and NFT-Related Tokens
      • Decentraland (MANA), Axie Infinity (AXS), The Sandbox (SAND): Assets tied to virtual real estate and blockchain gaming—ideal for investors seeking exposure to Web3 trends.
    4. Stablecoin Pairs and Hedging Options
      • Tether (USDT), USD Coin (USDC), Dai (DAI): Trader AI’s AI can automatically rotate capital into these stablecoins when market volatility exceeds user-defined thresholds (e.g., 10% 24-hour price swing), preserving equity during short-term drawdowns.
    5. Sector-Specific Baskets
      • “Layer 1 Champions”: Allocation across BTC, ETH, DOT, SOL, AVAX.
      • “DeFi Innovators”: Allocation across LINK, AAVE, UNI, SUSHI, COMP.
      • “Metaverse Mavericks”: Allocation across MANA, AXS, SAND, FLOW.

    Trader AI Knows the Next Move—Be the First to Profit. Download and Trade Today!

    Payments, Fees, and Account Funding

    Trader AI’s commitment to transparency extends to its straightforward funding and fee model. Canadian users benefit from local payment options, minimal entry capital requirements, and no hidden subscription charges.

    1. Minimum Deposit Requirement

    • Base Capital: USD 250 (equivalent to approximately CAD 330 at current exchange rates).
    • Deposit Methods for Canadians:
      • Interac e-Transfer: Typical processing time of 1–2 business hours; no fees for deposits over CAD 1,000; flat CAD 20 fee for deposits ≤ CAD 1,000.
      • Credit/Debit Card (Visa, Mastercard): Instant processing with a daily limit of CAD 5,000 for non-verified accounts.
      • Wire Transfer: For larger capital needs (up to CAD 50,000 per transaction), processed in 1–2 business days; CAD 30 fee applies (waivable for initial deposits > CAD 10,000).
    • Currency Conversion: For trades executed on non-CAD pairs, an automatic 0.25% conversion margin is applied. Real-time mid-market exchange rates are displayed prior to transaction.

    2. Fee Structure

    • Software Access: No subscription or platform fees—Trader AI’s model is “software-free,” with all platform maintenance costs absorbed by the company.
    • Trading Costs (Embedded Spreads):
      • BTC–USD/CAD: Spreads between 0.10% and 0.20%.
      • ETH–USD/CAD: Spreads between 0.12% and 0.22%.
      • Major Altcoins: Spreads ranging from 0.20% to 0.40%.
      • Spread rates adjust dynamically based on overall market liquidity—tightening during high-liquidity periods and widening slightly during low-liquidity windows (e.g., weekends, public holidays).
    • Withdrawal Fees:
      • Interac e-Transfer (≤ CAD 1,000): Flat CAD 20.
      • Interac e-Transfer (> CAD 1,000): No fee.
      • Wire Transfer: CAD 30 (waived if account balance exceeds CAD 10,000 at time of withdrawal).
      • Credit/Debit Card Refunds: If a user funded via card and requests a refund to the same card, a 2% processing fee applies to cover issuer charges.
    • Overnight Funding Fees: If a user employs leverage (up to 10x for aggressive strategies), an overnight interest rate of 0.03% per day is applied—transparent line-item in the trade ticket before order execution.

    About Trader AI

    Trader AI Inc. is a AI-driven cryptocurrency trading solutions. Founded in 2023 by a team of quantitative analysts, data scientists, and seasoned software engineers, Trader AI’s mission is to democratize algorithmic trading—making advanced, data-driven strategies accessible to investors of all experience levels.

    Key Facts:

    • Established: 2023
    • Core Product: AI-powered crypto trading robot with automated and manual trading modes
    • Target Market: Crypto investors, ranging from first-time traders to institutional participants
    • Regulatory Partners: Maple Brokerage (Ontario), Victory Crypto (British Columbia)—both FINTRAC-registered

    Company Vision: Trader AI seeks to empower Canadians by providing state-of-the-art AI trading tools under a fully compliant, transparent framework. By combining deep learning, robust risk management, and localized support, Trader AI aims to elevate Canada as a global hub for safe, responsible cryptocurrency trading.

    Conclusion

    Trader AI stands at the forefront of AI-driven cryptocurrency trading, combining cutting-edge machine learning, rigorous risk management, and a deep commitment to regulatory compliance. For both newcomers and seasoned traders, the platform offers a streamlined onboarding process, transparent fee structures, and a robust suite of tools designed to optimize performance while safeguarding capital. All users benefit from local payment integrations, bilingual support, and educational resources that demystify tax reporting and compliance requirements.

    Whether you’re aiming to augment your existing strategy or take your first steps into automated crypto trading, Trader AI delivers an accessible, secure, and high-performing environment. With a proven track record of consistent returns—backed by both backtesting data and real-world results—this platform has quickly become a trusted choice for Canadian investors seeking to navigate volatile markets with confidence.

    Ready to experience the power of AI-driven trading for yourself? Sign up for a free demo account and explore Trader AI’s features with CAD 10,000 in virtual funds. When you’re ready to trade live, a minimum deposit of USD 250 (approximately CAD 330) unlocks full access to all automated and manual trading modes. Discover why thousands of Canadians are turning to Trader AI to harness smarter strategies and take control of their crypto portfolios.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements that reflect Trader AI Inc.’s expectations regarding future events, including anticipated performance, product enhancements, and regulatory developments. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied. Trader AI Inc. assumes no obligation to update or revise these statements except as required by applicable law.

    Visit Here to Register on the Trader AI – Select Your Country Here!!!

    Media Contact

    Trader AI 

    50 W 4th St,
    New York, NY 10012, USA
    Email: info@traderai.ai
    Phone
    AU +61284889800
    UK +442038379676
    Website – https://traderai.ai

    General Disclaimer:
    The content provided in this article is for informational and educational purposes only. It does not constitute financial, legal, or professional advice. Readers are advised to consult a certified financial advisor, licensed loan officer, or legal professional before making any financial decisions. The information presented may not apply to every individual circumstance and is not intended to substitute professional judgment or regulatory guidance. The information provided on this website does not constitute investment advice, financial advice, trading advice, or any other sort of advice and you should not treat any of the website’s content as such. We does not recommend that any cryptocurrency should be bought, sold, or held by you. Do conduct your own due diligence and consult your financial advisor before making any investment decisions.
    Trading Disclaimer:
    Trading cryptocurrencies carries a high level of risk, and may not be suitable for all investors. Before deciding to trade cryptocurrency you should carefully consider your investment objectives, level of experience, and risk appetite. The possibility exists that you could sustain a loss of some or all of your initial investment and therefore you should not invest money that you cannot afford to lose. You should be aware of all the risks associated with cryptocurrency trading, and seek advice from an independent financial advisor. ICO’s, IEO’s, STO’s and any other form of offering will not guarantee a return on your investment.
    HIGH RISK WARNING: Dealing or Trading FX, CFDs and Cryptocurrencies is highly speculative, carries a level of non-negligible risk and may not be suitable for all investors. You may lose some or all of your invested capital, therefore you should not speculate with capital that you cannot afford to lose. Please refer to the risk disclosure below. Trader AI does not gain or lose profits based on your activity and operates as a services company. Trader AI is not a financial services firm and is not eligible of providing financial advice. Therefore, Trader AI shall not be liable for any losses occurred via or in relation to this informational website.
    SITE RISK DISCLOSURE: Trader AI does not accept any liability for loss or damage as a result of reliance on the information contained within this website; this includes education material, price quotes and charts, and analysis. Please be aware of and seek professional advice for the risks associated with trading the financial markets; never invest more money than you can risk losing. The risks involved in FX, CFDs and Cryptocurrencies may not be suitable for all investors. Trader AI doesn’t retain responsibility for any trading losses you might face as a result of using or inferring from the data hosted on this site.
    LEGAL RESTRICTIONS: Without limiting the above mentioned provisions, you understand that laws regarding financial activities vary throughout the world, and it is your responsibility to make sure you properly comply with any law, regulation or guideline in your country of residence regarding the use of the Site. To avoid any doubt, the ability to access our Site does not necessarily mean that our Services and/or your activities through the Site are legal under the laws, regulations or directives relevant to your country of residence. It is against the law to solicit US individuals to buy and sell commodity options, even if they are called “prediction” contracts, unless they are listed for trading and traded on a CFTC-registered exchange unless legally exempt. The UK Financial Conduct Authority has issued a policy statement PS20/10, which prohibits the sale, promotion, and distribution of CFD on Crypto assets. It prohibits the dissemination of marketing materials relating to distribution of CFDs and other financial products based on
    Cryptocurrencies that addressed to UK residents. The provision of trading services involving any MiFID II financial instruments is prohibited in the EU, unless when authorized/licensed by the applicable authorities and/or regulator(s). Please note that we may receive advertising fees for users opted to open an account with our partner advertisers via advertisers websites. We have placed cookies on your computer to help improve your experience when visiting this website. You can change cookie settings on your computer at any time. Use of this website indicates your acceptance of this website. Please be advised that the names depicted on our website, including but not limited to Trader AI, are strictly for marketing and illustrative purposes. These names do not represent or imply the existence of specific entities, service providers, or any real-life individuals. Furthermore, the pictures and/or videos presented on our website are purely promotional in nature and feature professional actors. These actors are not actual users, clients, or traders, and their depictions should not be interpreted as endorsements or representations of real-life experiences. All content is intended solely for illustrative purposes and should not be construed as factual or as forming any legally binding relationship
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FUTURES TRADING
    Futures transactions involve high risk. The amount of the initial margin is low compared to the value of the futures contract, so that transactions are “leveraged” or “geared”. A relatively small market movement has a proportionately larger impact on the funds that you have deposited or have to pay: this can work both for you and against you. You may experience the total loss of the initial margin funds as well as any additional funds deposited in the system. If the market develops in a way that is contrary to your position or if margins are increased, you may be asked to pay significant additional funds at short notice to maintain your position. In this case it may also happen that your broker account is in the red and you thus have to make payments beyond the initial investment.
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ELECTRONIC TRADING
    Before you begin carrying out transactions with an electronic system, you should carefully review the rules and provisions of the stock exchange offering the system, or of the financial instruments listed that you intend to trade, as well as your broker’s conditions. Online trading has inherent risks due to system responses/reaction times and access times that may vary due to market conditions, system performance and other factors, and on which you have no influence. You should be aware of these additional risks in electronic trading before you carry out investment transactions.
    Accuracy Disclaimer:
    All information included in this article is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate at the time of writing. However, no representations or warranties are made regarding the completeness, accuracy, reliability, or timeliness of any information presented. Any reliance placed on such information is strictly at the reader’s own risk. The publisher does not accept responsibility for typographical errors, outdated information, or changes to products, terms, or policies after publication.
    Regulatory and Jurisdictional Disclaimer:
    Lending laws vary by jurisdiction, and not all services described in this article may be available in every state or region. It is the responsibility of the reader to understand and comply with local laws and regulations. The platforms mentioned are independently operated and are not controlled or endorsed by the publisher.
    Third-Party Liability Waiver:
    The publisher, its writers, editors, affiliates, and syndication partners shall not be held liable for any direct or indirect loss, damages, or legal claims arising from the use of this content or from reliance on any third-party services, platforms, or products mentioned herein. All loan agreements, terms, and disputes are strictly between the borrower and the lender or service provider.
    Syndication Partner Use:
    This content may be republished or syndicated by authorized partners under existing licensing or distribution arrangements. All syndication partners are free from liability regarding the editorial stance, financial suggestions, or any user outcome resulting from the reading or application of this content.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Report by the Acting Head of the OSCE Programme Office in Dushanbe: UK Response, July 2025

    Source: United Kingdom – Government Statements

    Speech

    Report by the Acting Head of the OSCE Programme Office in Dushanbe: UK Response, July 2025

    Ambassador Holland welcomes the OSCE Programme Office’s engagement with the Government of Tajikistan during the reporting period, and its continued focus on promoting gender equality, fostering cross-border cooperation and supporting penal reforms.

    Thank you, Madam Chair.

    I warmly welcome Ms. Turcan to the Permanent Council and thank you for stepping into the leadership role during this transitional period. Strong leadership and reliable resourcing are essential for OSCE field missions to function effectively. We again urge participating States to resolve the budget impasse and ensure all OSCE institutions – including the Border Management Staff College – are adequately funded.

    I would like to highlight several areas of the Programme Office’s work that are of particular importance to the UK.

    First, the Mission’s efforts to promote gender equality and support survivors of domestic violence through Women’s Resource Centres and police capacity building. These centres provide vital shelter and services, helping women escape cycles of abuse and rebuild their lives. The UK remains deeply committed to addressing gender-based violence.

    Second, the Programme Office’s role in fostering cross-border cooperation and regional security. We commend Tajikistan and the Kyrgyz Republic for their leadership in peacefully resolving border disputes. These diplomatic achievements underscore the value of dialogue. The UK remains committed to working with Tajikistan, its neighbours, and the OSCE to address regional challenges, including those stemming from Afghanistan.

    Third, we commend the Mission’s work in the human dimension, particularly on penal reform and embedding human rights in government training. We also welcome efforts to strengthen media standards. We note with regret that ODIHR’s observation mission were unable to implement their mandate for the elections in March and encourage all relevant parties to facilitate the required access in the future.

    I would also like to commend the Government of Tajikistan for their continued leadership on climate and water security, not least demonstrated by their co-hosting of the International Conference on Glaciers’ Preservation earlier this year resulting in the adoption of the Dushanbe Declaration. As climate change makes water access more competitive and harder to manage, cooperation and solutions become more vital.

    Finally, we support Tajikistan’s ambitions for sustainable economic growth. Achieving this requires a stable, transparent investment climate grounded in the rule of law. This will attract quality foreign investment and create clean, inclusive growth for Tajik citizens.

    Madam Chair, in closing, I thank Ms. Turcan again for her report and wish her continued success.

    Thank you.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: CSB and CMAB co-organise talk to commemorate 80th anniversary of victory in Chinese People’s War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression and in World Anti-Fascist War (with photos)

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    CSB and CMAB co-organise talk to commemorate 80th anniversary of victory in Chinese People’s War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression and in World Anti-Fascist War  
         During the talk, Professor Wang gave a comprehensive analysis of the history of the Chinese People’s War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression, delving into the historical status, major contributions and the significance of the war as the main Eastern battlefield of the World Anti-Fascist War, as well as the Communist Party of China’s role as the pillar of the War of Resistance. Professor Lau also shared with participants the heroic deeds of the East River Column and the Hong Kong-Kowloon Brigade during the war period.
     
         The Secretary for the Civil Service, Mrs Ingrid Yeung, politically appointed officials and civil servants in the directorate, senior and middle ranks attended the talk today. Together with those participating via video conferencing, over 200 participants attended the talk.
     
         Delivering the opening remarks, Mrs Yeung said that civil servants shoulder the important mission of serving the people of Hong Kong and contributing to the prosperous development of the country. She pointed out that civil servants should learn from history, firmly safeguard national sovereignty, security and development interests, uphold the spirit of “patriots administering Hong Kong”, and make greater contributions to the prosperity and stability of Hong Kong and the lasting peace and stability of the country.
     
         She encouraged civil servants to actively participate in the thematic seminars and learning activities organised to commemorate the 80th anniversary of victory in the War of Resistance, to deepen their understanding of the history and significance of the War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression, and to truly appreciate the indomitable spirit of the Chinese people and the importance of safeguarding national security.
    Issued at HKT 21:37

    NNNN

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

  • MIL-Evening Report: Business coalition calls for 25% cut in the cost of red tape by 2030

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

    Business, universities, and investors have jointly urged the federal government to commit to cutting the cost of red tape by 25% by 2030, in a submission for next month’s Economic Reform Roundtable.

    The push to reduce regulation is in line with action by the EU and the United Kingdom’s Labour government, the submission says.

    “Cutting red tape means faster home builds, quicker loan approvals, and lower prices at the checkout,” it says.

    “For Australians, it’s the difference between waiting months or days for a service, and it ensures growth isn’t choked by unnecessary or outdated processes that haven’t kept up with the modern world.”

    The need to push against red tape is highlighted in the recently-published book Abundance by Derek Thompson and Ezra Klein. The book has impressed Treasurer Jim Chalmers, who has urged his colleagues to read it.

    The coalition of 27 groups includes small, medium and large businesses, universities and the investment community. The united approach is an attempt by business to avoid being divided and trapped at the roundtable, as business felt it was at the 2022 Jobs and Skills summit.

    On taxation, the submission proposes a three-month review, supported by Treasury, the Productivity Commission, business representatives and other stakeholders to “kick start” comprehensive tax reform.

    The exercise would be underpinned by principles that encouraged investment and economic growth.

    Business has become concerned the roundtable could be a way of seeking support for tax increases rather than comprehensive tax reform.

    The submission says tax reform and the trade offs involved, should not be pursued separately from measures to promote efficiency and spending restraint to “ensure government lives within its means”.

    Tax reform should support the dynamism and productivity of Australian individuals and businesses”, the submission says.

    Revenue should be raised with the least possible cost to society, and there should be minimum distortions to work, savings and investment.

    Among other proposals, the coalition urges a boost to investment and innovation by reforming the handling of R&D.

    It says there should be a national strategy to boost Australia’s investment competitiveness.

    The submission backs reforming the framework for environmental and planning approvals. It says there should be a “single, predictable, and transparent approval pathway that provides timely and certain decisions.”

    “Our economic rule book is out of date. If we don’t fix it, not only will Australians struggle to get ahead in life, but future generations are at risk of missing out on the quality of life we enjoy today,” the joint group of industry associations says.

    Michelle Grattan does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. Business coalition calls for 25% cut in the cost of red tape by 2030 – https://theconversation.com/business-coalition-calls-for-25-cut-in-the-cost-of-red-tape-by-2030-259688

    MIL OSI Analysis – EveningReport.nz –

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Call for evidence: An inspection of refusals and cancellations of permission to enter the UK

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    News story

    Call for evidence: An inspection of refusals and cancellations of permission to enter the UK

    The ICIBI invites anyone with knowledge or first-hand experience of refusals and cancellations of permission to enter the UK to submit evidence to contribute to this inspection by close of play 20 August 2025.

    The Independent Chief Inspector of Borders and Immigration (ICIBI) has begun an inspection of refusals and cancellations of permission to enter the UK. 

    As Independent Chief Inspector, I am inviting anyone with knowledge or first-hand experience of refusals and cancellations of permission to enter the UK to submit evidence to inform this inspection. I would be pleased to hear about both what is working well and what could be improved in the following areas:  

    • the role of Border Force officers in refusing and cancelling permission to enter the UK at airports, seaports and juxtaposed controls 

    • the efficiency, effectiveness and consistency of current practice 

    • the impact of carrier checks for organisations and passengers 

    • the impact of digitisation of the border on the ability of Border Force officers to identify individuals whose permission to enter the UK should be refused or cancelled 

    These areas of interest are not exhaustive, and I welcome submissions that touch on other points. Information received in response to this call for evidence will play an important part in defining the precise scope and focus of the inspection.   

    This call for evidence will remain open until 20 August 2025.  

    The information you submit may be quoted in the final inspection report, but it is the ICIBI’s practice not to name sources and to anonymise as much as possible any examples or case studies.  

    Please click here  to email your submission to the Independent Chief Inspector.  

    Please note: The ICIBI’s statutory remit does not extend to investigating or making decisions about individual cases or applications for asylum. This remains a Home Office responsibility. The Chief Inspector is interested in hearing from people with lived experience of refusals and cancellations of permission to enter the UK, to the extent that they illustrate or point to systemic problems. 

    Data Protection  

    Information on how we process personal data submitted in response to a call for evidence can be found in the ICIBI privacy information notice available on the ICIBI website.  

    David Bolt CBE, Independent Chief Inspector of Borders and Immigration

    24 July 2025

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

  • MIL-OSI: Primech Holdings Announces Fiscal Year 2025 Results, Contracted Revenue Backlog at $120.8 Million

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SINGAPORE, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Primech Holdings Limited (Nasdaq: PMEC), an established technology-driven facilities-services provider to public and private-sector customers in Singapore, today reported audited financial results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.

    FY 2025 Highlights:

    • Revenue grew 2.5% to $74.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, compared with revenue of $72.5 million in fiscal year 2024.
    • Gross profit margin expanded 130 basis points to 23.6% as technology adoption and grant support offset wage pressures.
    • Net loss narrowed 40% to $2.2 million, or $(0.05) per basic and diluted share, compared to a net loss of $3.2 million, or $(0.10) per share.
    • Cash and cash equivalents increased by 32.7% to $10.1 million; total assets were $41.2 million, and total liabilities were $26.5 million.
    • Future contracted revenue, scheduled for recognition in FY 2026 and onward, totals $120.8 million, providing multi-year visibility.

    Fiscal Year 2025 Financial Results:

    Financial Metrics (US$ millions, except per share data) FY 2025 FY 2024 Change
    Revenue $74.3 $72.5 +2.5%
    Gross profit $17.5 $16.0 +9.8%
    Gross profit margin 23.6% 22.0% +160 bps
    Operating loss $(0.9) $(2.8) +65.9% improvement
    Net loss $(2.2) $(3.2) +31.1% improvement
    Basic & diluted EPS $(0.05) $(0.10) +50.0% improvement
    Cash & cash equivalents $10.1 $7.6 +32.6%
           

    Primech A&P Highlights:

    • Over $18.9 million in new contracts secured during fiscal year 2025, including a major contract extension worth $8.3 million
    • Industry recognition achievements, including ASEAN Public Toilet Award for Newton Food Centre management and LOO Awards 2024 Best Market Award
    • Sustainability leadership with nomination as a finalist for the Singapore Apex Corporate Sustainability Awards in the “LowCarbonSG” category
    • Strategic partnerships, including membership in the Singapore International Facility Management Association (SIFMA)

    Primech AI Highlights:

    • Revolutionary HYTRON robot launch with successful deployments at Temasek Polytechnic, a major Singapore shopping mall, and one of Singapore’s largest hospitals
    • Global expansion achievements, including partnerships in Hong Kong (Chinachem Group), Japan (Golden Rim Investment), and Europe (TCOrobotics GmbH covering Germany, Austria, and Switzerland)
    • Technology excellence recognition, winning the Robotics category at the Singapore Business Review Technology Excellence Awards 2025
    • Advanced AI integration incorporating NVIDIA Jetson Orin technology components for enhanced robotics performance
    • Manufacturing scale-up with a China production partnership targeting 300 robots’ initial production capacity
    • Product innovation with the launch of the compact HYTRON Lite model optimized for space-constrained environments

    CEO Commentary
    “Primech delivered resilient top-line growth and achieved a significant improvement in our bottom line during our second year as a public company,” said Mr. Kin Wai Ho, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “More importantly, this year marked our dramatic transformation into a technology-first organization through our revolutionary HYTRON AI-powered cleaning robots and aggressive global expansion strategy. We’ve evolved from a traditional facilities services company into an innovative robotics and automation leader.”

    “Our HYTRON technology represents the future of commercial cleaning. We’ve successfully deployed robots at prestigious locations and established partnerships across Singapore, Hong Kong, Japan, and Europe. With our three-phase expansion plan and $120.8 million of contracted backlog, we are positioned to return to profitability and capture significant market share in the rapidly growing global service robotics sector.”

    Future Contracted Revenues
    As of March 31, 2025, our contracted revenues for future fulfilment were approximately $120.8 million. The following table provides a breakdown of the value of our contracted revenues, which we estimate will be fulfilled in FY2026, FY2027, and subsequent years, subject to cancellations or other contractual changes that are not presently foreseeable. Our order book as of any particular date is not indicative of our revenue for succeeding periods, as secured contracts are subject to cancellations, deferrals, or early terminations by our customers:

      ($’000) (%)
    Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2025 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31,
    2026    		 59,876 49.5
    Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2026 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31,
    2027    		 34,069 28.2
    Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2027 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31,
    2028    		 26,899 22.3
      120,844 100.0
         

    Annual Report on Form 20-F
    The Company will file its annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 with the Securities and Exchange Commission later today, which can be accessed on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov and on Primech’s investor relations website at https://investor.primechholdings.com/filings/. 

    About Primech Holdings Limited
    Headquartered in Singapore, Primech Holdings Limited is a leading provider of comprehensive technology-driven facilities services, predominantly serving both public and private sectors throughout Singapore. Primech Holdings offers an extensive range of services tailored to meet the complex demands of its diverse clientele. Services include advanced general facility maintenance services, specialized cleaning solutions such as marble polishing and facade cleaning, meticulous stewarding services, and targeted cleaning services for offices and homes. Known for its commitment to sustainability and cutting-edge technology, Primech Holdings integrates eco-friendly practices and smart technology solutions to enhance operational efficiency and client satisfaction. This strategic approach positions Primech Holdings as a leader in the industry and a proactive contributor to advancing industry standards and practices in Singapore and beyond. For more information, visit www.primechholdings.com.    

    About Primech AI
    Primech AI is a leading robotics company dedicated to pushing the boundaries of innovation in technology. With a team of passionate individuals and a commitment to collaboration, Primech AI is poised to revolutionize the robotics industry with groundbreaking solutions that make a meaningful impact on society. For more information, visit www.primech.ai.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements in this announcement are forward-looking statements, including, for example, statements about completing the acquisition, anticipated revenues, growth, and expansion. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events that the Company believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are also based on assumptions regarding the Company’s present and future business strategies and the environment in which the Company will operate in the future. Investors can find many (but not all) of these statements by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “likely to” or other similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure that such expectations will be correct. The Company cautions investors that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results and encourages investors to review other factors that may affect its future results in the Company’s registration statement and other filings with the SEC.

    Company Contact:
    Email: ir@primech.com.sg

    Investor Relations Contact:        
    Matthew Abenante, IRC
    President                                        
    Strategic Investor Relations, LLC                                         
    Tel: 347-947-2093
    Email: matthew@strategic-ir.com

     
    ***tables follow***
    Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands except share data, U.S. dollars)
     
        As of March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Assets            
    Current assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,145     $ 7,648  
    Accounts receivable, net (including unbilled receivable of $3,520 and $4,068)     15,633       18,452  
    Government subsidies receivable     1,485       1,368  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     1,700       3,810  
    Inventories     44       55  
    Total current assets     29,007       31,333  
                     
    Non-current assets                
    Property and equipment, net     9,686       10,082  
    Right of use assets     2,114       3,406  
    Goodwill     391       667  
    Intangible assets, net     2       21  
    Total assets   $ 41,200     $ 45,509  
                     
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                
    Current liabilities                
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 10,330     $ 9,406  
    Notes payable-current portion     8,481       11,277  
    Lease liabilities-current portion     1,595       2,059  
    Income tax liabilities     461       —  
    Total current liabilities     20,742       22,742  
                     
    Non-current liabilities                
    Notes payable-long term     4,331       5,705  
    Lease liabilities-long term     1,068       1,752  
    Deferred tax liability     255       251  
    Total liabilities     26,521       30,450  
                     
    Shareholders’ Equity                
    Common Stock, 38,417,987 and 35,550,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively,     23,961       22,193  
    Additional paid-in capital     924       924  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income     995       923  
    Accumulated deficit     (10,991 )     (9,049 )
    Total Primech Holdings Limited shareholders’ equity     14,889       14,991  
                     
    Non-controlling interests     (210 )      68  
    Total shareholders’ equity     14,679       15,059  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 41,200     $ 45,509  
     
    Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and other Comprehensive Loss
    (in thousands except share and per share data, U.S. dollars)
     
        For the Years Ended
    March 31,    		  
        2025     2024  
    Revenues            
    Revenues, net   $ 74,349     $ 72,524  
                     
    Operating costs and expenses                
    Cost of revenue (net of $4,148 and $2,550 of government subsidies)     56,823       59,915  
    General and administrative expenses (net of $318 and $68 of government subsidies)     16,176       13,160  
    Sales and marketing expenses     2,007       2,231  
    Goodwill impairment     291       —  
    Total operating costs and expenses     75,297       75,306  
    Loss from operations     (948 )     (2,782 )
    Other operating income, net (includes $8 and $202 of government subsidies)     (27 )      211  
    Interest expense     (789 )     (1,145 )
    Loss before income taxes     (1,764 )     (3,716 )
    Income tax benefit     (456 )      493  
    Net loss     (2,220 )     (3,223 )
    (Profit)/ loss attributable to non-controlling interests     278       (16 ) 
    Net loss attributable to Primech Holdings Limited     (1,942 )     (3,239 )
    Total foreign currency translation adjustment     72       (24 ) 
    Comprehensive loss   $ (1,870 )     (3,263 )
                     
    Earnings loss per share:                
    Basic and diluted   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.10 )
                     
    Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:                
    Basic and Diluted     37,584,000       33,929,000  
     
    Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands except share data, U.S. dollars)
     
        For the Years Ended
     March 31,    		  
        2025     2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:            
    Net loss   $ (2,220 )   $ (3,223 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
    Depreciation of property and equipment     1,483       1,640  
    Amortization of right of use assets     2,479       2,203  
    Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment     1       (13 )
    Amortization of intangible assets     29       29  
    Share based payment     1,768       —  
    Provision for doubtful accounts     31       —  
    Impairment of Goodwill     291       —  
                     
    Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
    Deferred tax liability     —       (454 ) 
    Accounts receivable     2,888       (3,330 )
    Government subsidies receivables     (111 )      290  
    Prepaid expenses & other current assets     2,132       (2,657 ) 
    Inventories     11       84  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses     879       (1,329 ) 
    Operating lease liability     (2,731 )     (2,322 )
    Tax payable     462       —  
    Net cash used in operating activities     7,382       (9,082 )
                     
    Cash flows from investing activities:                
    Acquisition of property and equipment     (1,098 )     (909 )
    Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     67       102  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (1,031 )     (807 )
                     
    Cash flows from financing activities:                
    Net Proceeds from issue of new shares     —       9,473  
    Deferred offering costs     —       545  
    Payment of finance lease liabilities     (126 )     (86 )
    Repayment of bank loans     (159,107 )     (3,163 )
    Proceeds from bank loans     154,846       1,412  
    Net cash provided by financing activities     (4,387 )      8,181  
                     
    Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     1,963       (1,708 ) 
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     533       284  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     7,648       9,072  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 10,145     $ 7,648  
                     
    Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing transactions                
    Acquisition of equipment under finance leases     367       173  
    Recognition of Right of use assets and liabilities     1,167       2,553  

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI: One Stop Systems to Report Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ESCONDIDO, Calif., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: OSS), a leader in rugged Enterprise Class compute for artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML) and sensor processing at the edge, announced today that it will release its second quarter 2025 financial results before the market opens on Thursday, August 7, 2025. A webcast and conference call will be held that same day at 10:00 a.m. ET to review the Company’s results.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    Domestic: 1-800-579-2543
    International: 1-785-424-1789
    Conference ID: ONESTOP (required for entry)
    Webcast:  https://viavid.webcasts.com/starthere.jsp?ei=1720675&tp_key=5676c84cc3

    Conference Call Replay

    Domestic: 1-844-512-2921
    International: 1-412-317-6671
    Passcode: 11159702

    A replay of the call will be available after 1:00 p.m. ET on August 7, 2025, through August 21, 2025.

    About One Stop Systems
    One Stop Systems, Inc. (Nasdaq: OSS) is a leader in AI enabled solutions for the demanding ‘edge’. OSS designs and manufactures Enterprise Class compute and storage products that enable rugged AI, sensor fusion and autonomous capabilities without compromise. These hardware and software platforms bring the latest data center performance to harsh and challenging applications, whether they are on land, sea or in the air.

    OSS products include ruggedized servers, compute accelerators, flash storage arrays, and storage acceleration software. These specialized compact products are used across multiple industries and applications, including autonomous trucking and farming, as well as aircraft, drones, ships and vehicles within the defense industry.

    OSS solutions address the entire AI workflow, from high-speed data acquisition to deep learning, training and large-scale inference, and have delivered many industry firsts for industrial OEM and government customers.

    As the fastest growing segment of the multi-billion-dollar edge computing market, AI enabled solutions require-and OSS delivers-the highest level of performance in the most challenging environments without compromise.

    OSS products are available directly or through global distributors. For more information, go to www.onestopsystems.com. You can also follow OSS on X, YouTube, and LinkedIn.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    One Stop Systems cautions you that statements in this press release that are not a description of historical facts are forward-looking statements. Words such as, but not limited to, “anticipate,” “aim,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “suggest,” “strategy,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions or phrases, or the negative of those expressions or phrases, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These statements are based on the company’s current beliefs and expectations. The inclusion of forward-looking statements should not be regarded as a representation by One Stop Systems or its partners that any of our plans or expectations will be achieved. Actual results may differ from those set forth in this press release due to the risk and uncertainties inherent in our business, performance of our products, growth of the edge computing market, as well as risks described in our prior press releases and in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including under the heading “Risk Factors” in our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K and any subsequent filings with the SEC. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof, and the company undertakes no obligation to revise or update this press release to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof. All forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement, which is made under the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

    Media Contacts:
    Robert Kalebaugh
    One Stop Systems, Inc.
    Tel (858) 518-6154
    Email contact

    Investor Relations:
    Andrew Berger
    Managing Director
    SM Berger & Company, Inc.
    Tel (216) 464-6400
    Email contact

    The MIL Network –

  • MIL-OSI Submissions: Yellowstone has been a ‘sacred wonderland’ of spiritual power and religious activity for centuries – and for different faith groups

    Source: The Conversation – USA (3) – By Thomas S. Bremer, Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies, Rhodes College

    Beehive Geyser, in the Upper Geyser Basin of Yellowstone National Park. Thomas S. Bremer

    Nearly 5 million travelers come to Wyoming to visit Yellowstone National Park each year, most in the summer months. They come for the geysers, wildlife, scenery and recreational activities such as hiking, fishing and photography.

    However, few realize that religion has been part of Yellowstone’s appeal throughout the park’s history. My 2025 book “Sacred Wonderland” documents how people have long found holiness in Yellowstone: how a landscape once sacred to Native Americans later inspired Christians and New Age communities alike.

    Native reverence – and removal

    Long before European Americans “discovered” the Yellowstone region in the 19th century, numerous Indigenous peoples were aware of its unique landscape – particularly geysers, hot springs and other hydrothermal wonders. Several tribal groups engaged in devotional practices long before it became a park. These included the Tukudika, or Sheep Eaters, a band of mountain Shoshone. They lived year-round within the boundaries of what would become the national park.

    Anthropologists know relatively little about the specific beliefs that Native Americans held about Yellowstone during this era. However, it’s clear most of the Indigenous groups who frequented Yellowstone considered it, as historian Paul Schullery concludes, “a place of spiritual power, of communion with natural forces, a place that inspired reverence.”

    Lower Falls of the Yellowstone River, Yellowstone National Park.
    Thomas S. Bremer

    After the Civil War, more Euro-Americans entered the region. In 1872, the U.S. government created Yellowstone as the first national park, setting a precedent for others in the United States and around the world.

    Yellowstone and other U.S. national parks established in the 19th century were products of manifest destiny: the Christian idea that Americans had a divinely ordained right to expand their country across the continent. The nation’s westward expansion included turning supposedly wild, “uncivilized” areas into parks.

    The park system’s creation, though, came at the cost of Indigenous communities. In Yellowstone, the Tukudika were forcibly removed in the 1870s to two reservations in Idaho and Wyoming, as anthropologists Peter Nabokov and Lawrence Loendorf discuss in their book “Restoring a Presence.”

    Christian ministry

    In addition to the concept of manifest destiny, Christians brought their own religious practices to Yellowstone National Park.

    The U.S. Army was responsible for protecting and managing the park from 1886 to 1918. It operated from Fort Yellowstone at Mammoth Hot Springs in the northern part of the park. The last building it erected at the fort was a chapel, which has been in continuous use as a worship space – mostly for Christian groups – since its completion in 1913.

    The Yellowstone National Park Chapel at Mammoth Hot Springs, finished in 1913, was the last building constructed by the U.S. Army at Fort Yellowstone.
    Thomas S. Bremer

    One group that has used the chapel consistently since the 1950s is ACMNP, A Christian Ministry in the National Parks, an evangelical Protestant parachurch ministry founded in Yellowstone. Its volunteers conduct worship services and proselytize among employees and visitors.

    ACMNP began as the brainchild of Presbyterian minister Warren Ost, who had worked as a bellhop at the Old Faithful Inn during summer breaks in seminary. Upon graduation, he formed the ministry, hoping to capitalize on the awe people experience in the parks to affirm believers’ faith and bring new souls to Christ.

    ACMNP’s mission involves placing seminarians and other students in national parks as “worker-witnesses.” They work as paid employees in secular jobs and conduct religious activities after their regular working hours. Additionally, they are encouraged to talk about religion with their fellow workers on the job.

    ACMNP experienced rapid growth in the 1950s and 1960s, boosted by support from National Park Service leadership. Cooperation included reduced-cost housing for their volunteers, and in some parks the superintendents or other high-level officials served on local ACMNP committees.

    At its peak in the 1970s, ACMNP had nearly 300 volunteers working in over 50 locations. However, a federal lawsuit in the 1990s challenged its relationship with the government on the grounds of church-state separation and ended some of the privileges ACMNP had enjoyed. Not long after the legal action, Ost announced his retirement.

    Although the organization has scaled back operations, the ministry in Yellowstone has experienced few changes. ACMNP volunteers continue to offer religious services to park employees and visitors throughout the summer.

    Spiritual fortress

    Another religious group has a very different interpretation of Yellowstone. The Church Universal and Triumphant, which had several thousand members at its height, was founded by Elizabeth Clare Prophet in the 1970s, based on the teachings of her late husband, Mark Prophet.

    The Church Universal and Triumphant is an heir to the “I AM” movement, which flourished in the U.S. during the 1930s. Most prominent among I AM’s influences were theosophy, which promotes esoteric knowledge gleaned from Asian religious traditions as a universal wisdom underlying all religions; new thought, which advocates a mind-over-matter spirituality; and spiritualism, which involves communicating with spirits.

    In the 1980s, Prophet’s followers relocated from California to Montana, where they purchased a large ranch adjacent to Yellowstone National Park’s northwest boundary. With them, they brought an eclectic New Age theology that combines elements of Christianity, Buddhism and Hinduism with belief in “ascended masters,” spiritual beings who guide the church. The group’s tradition teaches that beneath Yellowstone are two underground caverns, hidden from human view, that contain a cache of sacred stones with spiritual powers.

    The Church Universal and Triumphant gained attention in the ‘90s when its believers in Montana built underground bunkers. Members believed that their ascended masters had predicted a nuclear war and had instructed the community to prepare to survive underground. When the prophecy of a nuclear attack did not materialize, many members became disillusioned.

    The group struggled to rebuild its reputation and establish goodwill with Montana neighbors, including the National Park Service. Elizabeth Clare Prophet retired in 1999, and since then the church has concentrated more on its publishing and educational enterprises. However, a core community of the faithful still live and worship on their Royal Teton Ranch adjacent to Yellowstone.

    The main church sanctuary at Church Universal and Triumphant headquarters, just outside Yellowstone National Park.
    Thomas S. Bremer

    Although the community teaches that its Montana ranch is a sacred location of the ascended masters, followers’ holiest place in the Western Hemisphere is roughly 35 miles south of Yellowstone, in Grand Teton National Park. They believe humanity began at Grand Teton Mountain and that the faithful will find their destiny there.

    Accordingly, members believe that Yellowstone and Grand Teton national parks are brimming with spiritual powers, sacred sources of light and energy for the entire world.

    In my conversations with people in the park, I found that very few knew anything about Yellowstone’s religious history at all – especially Native American practices. The ongoing practices of religious communities in the park remain invisible to nearly all visitors. Still, many vacationers interpret Yellowstone’s wonders as evidence of God’s handiwork.

    Thomas S. Bremer received funding in the past to conduct historical research for the National Park Service at Lincoln Home National Historic Site in Springfield, Illinois.

    – ref. Yellowstone has been a ‘sacred wonderland’ of spiritual power and religious activity for centuries – and for different faith groups – https://theconversation.com/yellowstone-has-been-a-sacred-wonderland-of-spiritual-power-and-religious-activity-for-centuries-and-for-different-faith-groups-261045

    MIL OSI –

  • MIL-OSI Submissions: As Mexico’s LGBTQ+ community battles for inclusion, two drag performers have become internet stars – with more than 2 million TikTok followers

    Source: The Conversation – USA (2) – By Francisco Tijerina, PhD Candidate in Hispanic Studies, Washington University in St. Louis

    Turbulence Queen, left, and Burrita Burrona perform at the Mexico City Pride Parade in June 2024. Jaime Nogales/Medios y Media via Getty Images News

    In January 2022, Erick Martínez, also known as Turbulence Queen, introduced a guest on his YouTube channel: Ivan “Momo” Guzmán, with the stage name Burrita Burrona, a drag performer wearing a cartoonish donkey costume topped by a wig.

    During their interview, Turbulence and Burrita shared stories, gossiped and threw shade at Mexican actors, newscasters and performers. Soon after, their careers took off.

    Before Burrita’s first appearance, Turbulence’s YouTube channel had fewer than 5,000 subscribers. Now, after the rebranding of the show to include Burrita’s name, their channel has about 375,000. More than 2 million subscribe to them on TikTok – Turbulence, with 600,000 followers and 16 million likes; Burrita with 1.5 million followers and 28 million likes. Their “El Podcast del Momento” has more than 225,000 subscribers.

    The two proved so popular that corporate sponsors started getting in on the action. Soriana, a large supermarket chain in Mexico, splashed their images on a line of cakes. Netflix Latin America had them hosting a series of videos promoting its new South Korean dramas. The media giant Televisa included Turbulence and Burrita as part of their comedic coverage of the 2024 Paris Olympics.

    Over the past 3 ½ years, the YouTube show has added some new characters, including Burrita’s mom and an on-and-off love interest, a butch lesbian wolf. Along with the interviews, the characters do comedic cooking segments and sketches. Even in today’s fragmented and cluttered media environment, the program regularly gets around 250,000 views, with some episodes reaching more than 1 million.

    While drag performers are not new in Mexico, Burrita is something of a novelty: a drag mascot. Although long a part of Mexico’s commercial culture – mascots promote everything from soccer teams to pharmacies and are a staple at children’s birthday parties – Burrita is the first to do it in drag.

    A clip from an episode of ‘El Podcast del Momento.’

    Discrimination and violence

    As a Mexican scholar who specializes in the study of gender and sexuality, I’m struck by how these LGBTQ+ characters have become enormously popular in what I consider a relatively conservative and deeply religious country. However, that too is changing: Today’s Mexico is sometimes called a conservative country with liberal laws. Still, in a country where about 5% of the population self-identify as LGBTQ+, the battle for inclusion – and more diverse representation of gender and sexuality – is far from over.

    In 2023, conservative groups pressured the International Book Fair of Monterrey to cancel a public short-story reading by drag queens. In 2024, a social media influencer’s misogynistic, homophobic and transphobic remarks ran live on national television. Also in 2024, San Nicolás de los Garza, a city of more than 400,000 people, banned public performances by drag queens. Ironically, San Nicolás is in the state of Nuevo Leon, which has one of the largest LGBTQ+ populations in Mexico.

    Indeed, national policies protecting the LGBTQ+ community don’t always apply equally; some states are more restrictive than others. For example, although Mexico’s Supreme Court legalized same-sex marriage in 2015, three states have yet to ratify it in their state constitutions.

    Turbulence Queen is interviewed on local TV at a 2023 red carpet event in Mexico.
    Jaime Nogales/Medios y Media via Getty Images Entertainment

    In May 2025, Mexico’s National Institute of Statistics and Geography reported these findings: 60% of the LGBTQ+ community say they’ve been subjected to some form of violence. Nearly 30% have had suicidal thoughts or have attempted suicide. Just over 37% say they experienced some form of discrimination during the past year. From 2020 to 2025, 25% said they were denied access to health care, education or social support. Hate crimes are on the rise, with 672 reported over a five-year period, including 141 in 2024, a significant jump from the 92 reported in 2023. The 2024 statistic includes 55 murders of transgender women.

    Taking off the mask

    Turbulence and Burrita’s swift success is impressive, but not all LGBTQ+ citizens in Mexico enjoy the same level of recognition and privilege. And as the fight for equal treatment continues, the country’s politics over the past decade has shifted. In 2018, leftist Andrés Manuel López Obrador was elected president. His successor, Claudia Sheinbaum, a climate scientist and a close ally of López Obrador’s, was elected in 2024.

    But although both López Obrador and Sheinbaum are more progressive than previous administrations, neither has been particularly vocal about their support for the LGBTQ+ community. For instance: Although Sheinbaum, Mexico’s first female and Jewish president, mentioned her support for the LGBTQ+ community during her campaign, she has largely ignored LGBTQ+ issues since taking office.

    Until recently, there were few openly LGBTQ+ people pitching products or appearing on television. But Guzmán, who’s the first mascot to perform in drag, is not hiding his sexuality, despite the costume. Rather, he can be read as a symbol of Mexico’s ongoing pursuit of equality. And perhaps his character’s visibility will allow more in the community to be able to shed their masks and come out.

    Francisco Tijerina does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    – ref. As Mexico’s LGBTQ+ community battles for inclusion, two drag performers have become internet stars – with more than 2 million TikTok followers – https://theconversation.com/as-mexicos-lgbtq-community-battles-for-inclusion-two-drag-performers-have-become-internet-stars-with-more-than-2-million-tiktok-followers-241552

    MIL OSI –

  • MIL-OSI Submissions: Why do MAGA faithful support Trump if his ‘big beautiful bill’ will likely hurt many of them?

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Alex Hinton, Distinguished Professor of Anthropology; Director, Center for the Study of Genocide and Human Rights, Rutgers University – Newark

    Supporters of President Donald Trump demonstrate near his Mar-a-Lago home in Palm Beach, Fla., on July 17, 2025. Joe Raedle/Getty Images

    President Donald Trump signed the wide-ranging One Big Beautiful Bill Act into law on July 4, 2025. It focuses on cutting taxes, mainly for households that earn US$217,000 or more each year, as well as increasing funding for military and border security and revamping social programs.

    Republicans tout it as providing “an economic lifeline for working families” and “laying a key cornerstone of America’s new golden age.”

    Democrat lawmakers argue that, in reality, Trump’s act “steals from the poor to give to the ultra-rich.”

    The act is estimated to increase the country’s debt by more than US$3 trillion over 10 years, while knocking more than 10 million people off Medicaid.

    About 41.4 million adults in the U.S. receive Medicaid. And 49% of Medicaid recipients who voted in the 2024 election backed Trump.

    While 94% of Democrats and Democratic-leaning independents said in a May 2025 survey that they are worried Medicaid cuts will lead to more adults and children losing their health insurance, 44% of Republicans and Republican-leaning independents expressed concern about this, according to the KFF Health Tracking Poll.

    Why, then, do Trump’s Make America Great Again supporters – especially those who will be hit hard by cuts to food assistance programs and health care, including hospitals – continue to support him even as he enacts policies that some think go against their interests? Indeed, over 78% of Republicans or Republican-leaning voters say they support the measure Trump signed.

    As an anthropologist who studies MAGA and American political culture, I understand that many of the MAGA faithful believe that Trump is a once-in-a-lifetime leader who is catapulting the U.S. into a new golden age.

    Sure, their reasoning goes, bumps in the road are expected. But they think that most of the criticism of Trump and this latest bill is ultimately fake news spread by radical leftists who have what some call Trump Derangement Syndrome, meaning anti-Trump hysteria.

    President Donald Trump holds up the One Big Beautiful Bill Act that he signed into law on July 4, 2025, at the White House.
    Alex Brandon − Pool/Getty Images

    Trump alone can fix it

    In the eyes of the MAGA faithful, Trump is no ordinary politician. To them, he is a savior who can help ward off the threat of radical left socialism. They believe Trump’s proclamation: “I alone can fix it.”

    Some see Trump’s survival of an assassination attempt on July 13, 2024, as evidence he is divinely chosen to lead the country. Trump himself claimed during his second inaugural address, “I was saved by God to make America great again.”

    As I have repeatedly observed firsthand at Trump rallies and MAGA gatherings and heard in my conversations with Trump supporters, many Trump supporters – even those whom Democrats contend will be hurt by the bill – see the bill as a key step to making America great again. Doing so will not be easy and may cause some pain.

    But as Trump himself has noted about policies such as tariffs, “sometimes you have to take medicine to fix something.”

    ‘Fake news!’

    Even if the bill may cause some short-term pain, MAGA stalwarts contend, the apocalyptic claims of critics of massive health cuts are hoaxes spread by the radical left media. White House National Economic Council director Kevin Hassett, for example, dubbed the Medicare cut claims “a big fake news story.”

    This view, based on my research and observations, is unsurprising. Trump has been pushing the “fake news conspiracy” theory, which holds that the media is part of the deep state, since his first term. He even dubbed the press “the enemy of the people.”

    Trump’s fake news rhetorical strategy has been successful in helping him maintain support. Trump supporters take it for granted that negative news coverage of the president is most likely fake news.

    The Trump administration frequently invokes this conspiracy theory, including statements with headlines like “100 Days of HOAXES: Cutting Through the Fake News.”

    The White House is taking the same approach with the new legislation. In June 2025, the Trump administration issued a statement stating “Myth vs. Fact: The One Big Beautiful Bill” and “MYTHBUSTER: The One Big Beautiful Bill Cuts Spending, Deficit – and That’s a Fact.”

    There is already evidence that this depiction is resonating in places such as rural Nebraska, where many residents do not blame Trump for a health clinic that claims it is shutting down due to Medicaid cuts. “Anyone who’s saying that Medicaid cuts is why they’re closing is a liar,” said one woman of the clinic’s closure.

    President Donald Trump holds a rally in July 2024 in Harrisburg, Pa.
    Spencer Platt/Getty Images

    ‘Crushing it’ in the Golden Age

    More broadly, the MAGA faithful contend, the bill’s critics miss the bigger picture. For the most part, Trump has been “crushing it” while putting “‘W’ after ‘W’ on the board.”

    From their perspective, Trump has assembled an all-star Cabinet team that is implementing key pillars of the MAGA agenda, such as restricting immigration, blocking unfair trade and avoiding drawn-out wars.

    Trump supporters underscore the president’s accomplishments on immigration. Attempted unauthorized border crossings of migrants have plummeted in 2025, amid a rise in arrests of immigrants.

    “Our message is clear,” stated Department of Homeland Security Assistant Secretary Tricia McLaughlin, “criminal illegal aliens are not welcome in the United States.”

    Gas prices are also down. Trump has followed through on his pledge to supporters to purge what he calls the deep state, by downsizing or gutting entire government departments and agencies.

    Trump has clamped down on woke universities that brainwash students, as MAGA supporters see it.

    He withheld funding from the University of Pennsylvania until it agreed to ban transgender women from playing on women’s sports teams. Trump also cut $400 million in funding for Columbia University because the administration said it did not sufficiently protect Jewish students from harassment during Palestinian rights protests.

    And Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu even nominated Trump for the Nobel Peace Prize in July for his diplomatic work in the Middle East.

    Recounting Trump’s foreign policy achievements, one conservative commentator gushed that Trump “promised we would win so much we’d get tired of winning. Instead, the wins keep coming – and America isn’t tired at all.”

    Trumpism = Trump

    Yet, Trump faces challenges.

    A June 2025 KFF Health Tracking Poll found that support for the new legislation decreased when people were informed about its negative health care impact, for example.

    Republicans could also face backlash in 2028 after the full impact of the act takes effect and people lose health insurance and other public benefits.

    Regardless, I believe MAGA faithful will likely continue to support Trump.

    They may argue over parts of his bill, the airstrikes on Iran or the release of the Jeffrey Epstein files.

    But, in the end, they will circle the wagons around Trump for a simple reason. Trump created the MAGA movement. He dominates the Republican Party. And there is no Trumpism without Trump.

    Alex Hinton receives receives funding from the Rutgers-Newark Sheila Y. Oliver Center for Politics and Race in America, Rutgers Research Council, and Henry Frank Guggenheim Foundation.

    – ref. Why do MAGA faithful support Trump if his ‘big beautiful bill’ will likely hurt many of them? – https://theconversation.com/why-do-maga-faithful-support-trump-if-his-big-beautiful-bill-will-likely-hurt-many-of-them-260766

    MIL OSI –